[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2018173601A1 - Optical film, method for manufacturing same, and polarizing plate and display device provided with same - Google Patents

Optical film, method for manufacturing same, and polarizing plate and display device provided with same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018173601A1
WO2018173601A1 PCT/JP2018/006116 JP2018006116W WO2018173601A1 WO 2018173601 A1 WO2018173601 A1 WO 2018173601A1 JP 2018006116 W JP2018006116 W JP 2018006116W WO 2018173601 A1 WO2018173601 A1 WO 2018173601A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
optical film
general formula
ring
compound
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2018/006116
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
陽明 森田
継吾 玉木
晋 長谷川
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Konica Minolta Inc
Original Assignee
Konica Minolta Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Konica Minolta Inc filed Critical Konica Minolta Inc
Priority to JP2019507461A priority Critical patent/JP6927285B2/en
Priority to KR1020197027228A priority patent/KR102341707B1/en
Publication of WO2018173601A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018173601A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/32Compounds containing nitrogen bound to oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3412Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having one nitrogen atom in the ring
    • C08K5/3432Six-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3442Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having two nitrogen atoms in the ring
    • C08K5/3445Five-membered rings
    • C08K5/3447Five-membered rings condensed with carbocyclic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/14Protective coatings, e.g. hard coatings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an optical film, a method for producing the same, a polarizing plate and a display device provided with the optical film, and more specifically, an optical film containing a compound that absorbs light of a specific wavelength, in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment.
  • the present invention relates to an optical film or the like that suppresses the bleed-out of the compound even if it is placed, is transparent, has little color unevenness, and is excellent in oblique color reproducibility (color shift).
  • a light emitting diode In a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) is used as a backlight light source, but the LED has an inherent wavelength dependency, and color purity depends on an unnecessary emission wavelength. As a result, color reproduction in a wide band was difficult.
  • LED light emitting diode
  • OLED Organic Light Emitting Diode
  • a color material also referred to as a pigment or a dye
  • a binder resin as a substrate or a specific color material layer of an image sensor.
  • Embodiments are disclosed.
  • Patent Document 1 has a problem in that the color material is thermally decomposed by reflow heating in the manufacturing process of the image sensor, and the absorption wavelength changes. In addition, there is a problem that the color material bleeds out when the humidity resistance is low and the temperature and humidity are high.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses a configuration in which a transparent resin layer containing a colorant such as a cyanine dye is formed on a substrate.
  • a transparent resin layer containing a colorant such as a cyanine dye
  • the transparent resin layer is disclosed. It is necessary to add a sufficient amount of the coloring material. However, if a sufficient amount is added, bleeding out tends to occur. Particularly, in the case where the transparent resin layer is in contact with a fluid material such as an adhesive layer, the dye moves under a high temperature and high humidity environment. As a result, there is a problem that bleed-out is further promoted.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems and situations, and a solution to the problem is an optical film containing a compound that absorbs light of a specific wavelength, even in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment.
  • an optical film that suppresses bleeding out of the compound is transparent, has small color unevenness, and is excellent in color reproducibility (color shift) in an oblique direction, a manufacturing method thereof, a polarizing plate and a display device including the optical film. That is.
  • an optical film containing a resin having a specific solubility in dichloromethane and a compound having a specific structure has a high temperature. It has been found that even in a high humidity environment, bleeding of the compound is suppressed, an optical film that is transparent, has little color unevenness, and has excellent color reproducibility (color shift) in an oblique direction can be obtained.
  • An optical film comprising a resin having a solubility in dichloromethane of 5 to 50% by mass at 1.23 ° C. and a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (A).
  • R 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, or aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 2 and R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
  • Z is an atomic group necessary for forming a 5- or 6-membered ring with a nitrogen atom, and may have a substituent
  • Y may form a condensed ring
  • Y is an atomic group necessary for forming a 5- or 6-membered ring together with a carbonyl group, may have a substituent, or may form a condensed ring.
  • N represents an integer of 1 to 2.
  • m is an integer of 1 to 4 and is an integer of n or more.
  • R 1 to R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, acyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic ring, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group
  • a group, an alkoxy group, an amide group, an amino group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group or a sulfonic acid group, R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , or R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other.
  • the ring formed may have a substituent
  • R 5 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group or aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • .X to represent a substituted or unsubstituted, alkyl group or alkoxycarbonyl group, O, N 8, S, or .R 8 ⁇ R 10 representing a CR 9 R 10 are independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted, alkyl group, alkenyl group, .A 1 alkynyl group or to an aryl group, (Selected from the following structural formulas (A1-1) to (A1-10))
  • R 11 to R 16 have the same meanings as the groups represented by R 1 to R 4 in formula (1).
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. (Connected to the general formula (1) at the wavy line)
  • R 1 to R 4 and R 8 to R 11 are synonymous with R 1 to R 4 in the general formula (1).
  • R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , R 3 and R 4, R 8 and R 9, R 9 and R 10, or R 10 and R 11 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, the formed ring may have a substituent .
  • R 5 and R 12 is synonymous with R 5 in general formula (1)
  • R 6 , R 7 , R 13 , and R 14 are synonymous with R 6 and R 7 in general formula (1).
  • X represents O, NR 15 , S, or CR 16 R 17 .
  • R 15 to R 17 have the same meanings as R 8 to R 10 in the general formula (1).
  • B 1 is selected from the following structural formulas (B1-1) to (B1-5). )
  • R 18 and R 19 are synonymous with the groups represented by R 1 to R 4 in the general formula (1). They are connected to the general formula (2) at the wavy line part.
  • R 1 ⁇ R 4 have the same meanings as in formula (1)
  • R 1 ⁇ R 4 in .R 1 and R 2, or R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring well, the formed ring may have a substituent .
  • R 5 have the same meaning as R 5 in the general formula (1) .
  • R 6 and R 7 the general formula (1) R 6 and in the same meaning as R 7 .
  • a 1 has the same meaning as a 1 in formula (1).
  • R 5 represents a branched alkyl group having 4 to 16 carbon atoms. the film.
  • R 5 and R 12 each represent a branched alkyl group having 4 to 16 carbon atoms, according to any one of the first, second, and fourth items, Optical film.
  • the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1) to the general formula (3) has an absorption maximum peak in the wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the wavelength range of 580 to 620 nm in the spectral absorption spectrum.
  • Item 8 The optical film according to any one of Items 1 to 7, wherein the haze is in the range of 0.05 to 1.50%.
  • a polarizing plate comprising the optical film according to any one of items 1 to 8 as a polarizing plate protective film.
  • a display device comprising the optical film according to any one of items 1 to 8.
  • an optical film containing a compound that absorbs light of a specific wavelength the bleed-out of the compound is suppressed even in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, and it is transparent and small in color unevenness.
  • the optical film which is excellent also in the color reproducibility (color shift) of a diagonal direction, its manufacturing method, a polarizing plate provided with the same, and a display apparatus can be provided.
  • a resin having a solubility in dichloromethane at 23 ° C. in the range of 5 to 50% by mass for example, cellulose ester resin, acrylic resin, cyclic olefin resin, polycarbonate resin, and polyimide resin
  • the optical film containing the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention has been found to have extremely suppressed bleeding out of the compound even in a high temperature and high humidity environment. This is presumed to be due to the structure in which the compound fits exactly in the gap between the network chains of the resin during dissolution of the solvent.
  • a compound having a structure in which the polar group of the resin faces the polar solvent side and the polar group is represented by the general formula (A) It is inferred that the interaction between the C ⁇ O bonding group and the compound is formed into a film as it is, so that the interaction between the resin and the compound is strong and bleed-out is difficult.
  • the bleed-out tends to be noticeable in a system that usually contains two kinds of compounds, but when two kinds of compounds having different absorption maximum peaks are contained as in the structure of the present invention, the general formula (A)
  • the dimethine skeleton represented By interposing the dimethine skeleton represented, it is speculated that the compatibility of another type of compound with the resin is greatly improved, and it becomes possible to produce a highly transparent film without bleeding out from each other.
  • the optical path length becomes longer than when the compound is contained in a thin layer such as the transparent resin layer or the hard coat layer described above. Since the angle dependency of taste is relaxed, a display device (also referred to as a display) with favorable color reproducibility (color shift) in an oblique direction can be manufactured by providing the optical film. It is guessed.
  • the optical film of the present invention comprises a resin having a solubility in dichloromethane of 5 to 50% by mass at 23 ° C. and a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (A). To do.
  • This feature is a technical feature common to or corresponding to the claimed invention.
  • the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (1), the general formula (2), or the general formula (3). This is a preferred embodiment from the viewpoint of the light absorption ability of the wavelength and the suppression of bleed out.
  • the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) has an absorption maximum peak in the wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the wavelength range of 580 to 620 nm in the spectral absorption spectrum of the compound, display is performed.
  • it is an optical film that improves broadband color reproducibility, which is preferable.
  • the haze of the optical film is in the range of 0.05 to 1.50%, when used for a polarizing plate protective film and a display device, preferable.
  • the optical film of the present invention has a structure represented by the general formula (A) because it can be manufactured by a solution casting film forming method, and an optical film can be formed at a relatively low temperature. This is a preferable production method because the decomposition of the compound can be suppressed.
  • the optical film of the present invention is provided in a polarizing plate or a display device, thereby improving broadband color reproducibility and further improving oblique color reproducibility (color shift).
  • is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • the optical film of the present invention comprises a resin having a solubility in dichloromethane at 23 ° C. in the range of 5 to 50% by mass and a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (A): To do.
  • R 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, or aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 2 and R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
  • Z is an atomic group necessary for forming a 5- or 6-membered ring with a nitrogen atom, and may have a substituent
  • Y may form a condensed ring
  • Y is an atomic group necessary for forming a 5- or 6-membered ring together with a carbonyl group, may have a substituent, and may form a condensed ring.
  • N represents an integer of 1 to 2.
  • m is an integer of 1 to 4 and is an integer of n or more.
  • the resin is dissolved in 100 g of dichloromethane whose liquid temperature is adjusted to 23 ° C. while stirring the liquid, the upper limit amount (g) that can be dissolved is measured, and the solubility is obtained from the following equation.
  • Solubility (%) ⁇ the upper limit amount (g) in which resin can be dissolved / 100 g of dichloromethane ⁇ ⁇ 100
  • the upper limit of the thickness is not particularly limited, but in the case of forming a film by a solution casting film forming method, the upper limit may be about 250 ⁇ m from the viewpoints of applicability, foaming, solvent drying and physical properties. preferable.
  • the haze of the optical film of the present invention is in the range of 0.05 to 1.5%, and can be used as a general-purpose optical film. Unnecessary light when used in a polarizing plate protective film or a display device. It is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing scattering.
  • the haze can be measured with a haze meter NDH-2000 (manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.) in accordance with JIS K-7136.
  • the light source of the haze meter is a halogen bulb of 5V9W
  • the light receiving part is a silicon photocell (with a relative visibility filter)
  • the measurement can be performed under conditions of 23 ° C. and 55% RH.
  • R 1 examples include alkyl groups such as propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, sec-pentyl, and isopentyl.
  • alkenyl group include an allyl group, and an alkynyl group. As, for example, propynyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • aryl group examples include a phenyl group.
  • An alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a branched alkyl group having 4 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the carbon number is in the above-described range, in addition to excellent solvent solubility, an effect of reducing haze is expected.
  • R 2 and R 3 include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n- Represents a pentyl group, sec-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, cyclopentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group, etc.
  • alkoxycarbonyl group a methyloxycarbonyl group, an ethyloxycarbonyl group, a butyloxycarbonyl group etc. are mentioned, for example.
  • it is a hydrogen atom.
  • the molecular weight of the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is preferably in the range of 100 to 1000 so that the compound fits in the gap between the network chains of the resin during dissolution of the solvent. More preferably, it is within the range of 300 to 800.
  • the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is preferably a compound having an absorption maximum peak in the light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the range of 580 to 620 nm.
  • the full width at half maximum of the absorption maximum peak is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 50 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and particularly preferably 30 nm or less.
  • the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is a compound having an absorption maximum peak in the light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the range of 580 to 620 nm. And can be measured with a spectrophotometer by a conventional method.
  • the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) has an absorption maximum peak in the wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the wavelength range of 580 to 620 nm in the spectral absorption spectrum of the compound. It is preferable that the optical absorptance at the absorption maximum peak wavelength at 23 ° C. is in the range of 20 to 99%.
  • the optical film of the present invention contains, in the spectral absorption spectrum, a compound having an absorption maximum peak in a wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm and a compound having an absorption maximum peak in a wavelength range of 580 to 620 nm. It is preferable that at least one of the compounds is a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (A), and the light absorption rate at the absorption maximum peak wavelength at 23 ° C. is in the range of 20 to 99%.
  • the light absorption rate (%) of the absorption maximum peak wavelength in the light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the range of 580 to 620 nm can be determined as follows.
  • Optical absorptance (%) of absorption maximum peak wavelength in light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or 580 to 620 nm 100 ⁇ ⁇ (Spectral transmittance of absorption maximum peak wavelength in light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or 580 to 620 nm) ⁇ (Spectrum of absorption maximum peak wavelength in range of light wavelength of 480 to 520 nm or 580 to 620 nm) Reflectance) ⁇ Spectral transmittance and spectral reflectance can be measured using a spectrophotometer. In the present invention, the measurement is performed using an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer V-670 manufactured by JASCO Corporation.
  • the temperature inside the temperature-controlled room is set to 23 ° C. and 55% RH so that the temperature of the optical film as the measurement object is 23 ° C., and the optical film is left in the temperature-controlled room for 3 hours.
  • the above measurement is performed after equilibration.
  • the means for setting the light absorption rate within the range of 20 to 99% can be controlled, for example, by adjusting the addition amount of the compound.
  • the amount of addition varies depending on the absorption coefficient of the compound, but is approximately in the range of 0.01 to 1 part by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. is there.
  • the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (1) to general formula (3).
  • R 1 to R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, acyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic ring, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group
  • a group, an alkoxy group, an amide group, an amino group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group or a sulfonic acid group, R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , or R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other.
  • the ring formed may have a substituent
  • R 5 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group or aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom
  • .X to represent a substituted or unsubstituted, alkyl group or alkoxycarbonyl group, O, N 8, S, or .R 8 ⁇ R 10 representing a CR 9 R 10 represent each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group or an aryl group.
  • R 1 to R 4 include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, Isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, sec-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, cyclopentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group , 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group and the like.
  • Examples of the alkenyl group include vinyl group and allyl group.
  • Examples of the alkynyl group include ethynyl group and propynyl group.
  • Acyl groups include, for example, acetyl, ethylcarbonyl, propylcarbonyl, pe
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and the like.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and the like.
  • Examples include an oxazole ring, a quinoline ring, a benzothiazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, a thiophene ring, a furan ring, and a pyrrole ring.
  • Examples include an oxy group, an octyloxy group, a dodecyloxy group, and the like.
  • Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include a methyloxycarbonyl group, an ethyloxycarbonyl group, and a butyloxycarbonyl group.
  • Examples of the carbamoyl group include an amino group.
  • Examples include carbonyl group, methylaminocarbonyl group, dimethylaminocarbonyl group, ethylaminocarbonyl group, diethylaminocarbonyl group and the like.
  • Examples of the amide group include methylcarbonylamino group, ethylcarbonylamino group, dimethylcarbonylamino group, propylcarbonyl group, and the like.
  • Examples include amino group, pentylcarbonylamino group, cyclohexylcarbonylamino group, 2-ethylhexylcarbonylamino group, phenylcarbonylamino group, naphthylcarbonylamino group, and the like.
  • Examples of the group include amino group, ethylamino group, dimethylamino group, butylamino group, cyclopentylamino group, 2-ethylhexylamino group, dodecylamino group, anilino group, naphthylamino group, 2-pyridylamino group and the like. It is done.
  • Preferred are a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an acyl group, an aryl group, and a cyano group, and more preferred are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, and an aryl group.
  • R 5 include alkyl groups such as propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, sec-pentyl, and isopentyl.
  • alkenyl group include an allyl group, and an alkynyl group. As, for example, propynyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • aryl group examples include a phenyl group.
  • An alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a branched alkyl group having 4 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the carbon number is in the above-described range, in addition to excellent solvent solubility, an effect of reducing haze is expected.
  • X represents O, NR 8 , S, or CR 9 R 10 . From the viewpoint of color reproducibility, NR 8 , O, and S are preferable. More preferably, it is S.
  • R 8 to R 10 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group.
  • R 6 and R 7 include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n- Represents a pentyl group, sec-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, cyclopentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group, etc.
  • alkoxycarbonyl group a methyloxycarbonyl group, an ethyloxycarbonyl group, a butyloxycarbonyl group etc. are mentioned, for example.
  • it is a hydrogen atom.
  • R 8 to R 10 include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n- Examples include pentyl group, sec-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, cyclopentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group, etc.
  • alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n- Examples include pentyl group, sec-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group,
  • Examples of the alkenyl group include Examples of the alkynyl group include an ethynyl group and a propynyl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a mesityl group, a xylyl group, a naphthyl group, and a biphenyl group. Group, a terphenyl group, etc. are mentioned, Preferably it is an alkyl group.
  • a 1 is selected from the following structural formulas (A1-1) to (A1-10).
  • R 11 to R 16 have the same meanings as the groups represented by R 1 to R 4 in formula (1).
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. (Connected to the general formula (1) at the wavy line)
  • (A1-1), (A1-2), (A1-3), (A1-4), (A1-5), and (A1-6) are preferable from the viewpoint of color reproducibility and bleed-out suppression. Particularly preferred is (A1-6).
  • the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (2).
  • R 1 to R 4 and R 8 to R 11 are synonymous with R 1 to R 4 in the general formula (1).
  • R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , R 3 and R 4, R 8 and R 9, R 9 and R 10, or R 10 and R 11 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, the formed ring may have a substituent .
  • R 5 and R 12 is synonymous with R 5 in general formula (1)
  • R 6 , R 7 , R 13 , and R 14 are synonymous with R 6 and R 7 in general formula (1).
  • X represents O, NR 15 , S, or CR 16 R 17 .
  • R 15 to R 17 have the same meanings as R 8 to R 10 in the general formula (1).
  • NR 8 , O, or S is preferable. More preferably, it is S.
  • B 1 is selected from the following structural formulas (B1-1) to (B1-5). )
  • R 18 and R 19 are synonymous with the groups represented by R 1 to R 4 in the general formula (1). They are connected to the general formula (2) at the wavy line part.) From the viewpoint of color reproducibility and suppression of bleed out, B 1 is preferably (B1-4).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (A) is a compound represented by the following general formula (3).
  • R 1 ⁇ R 4 have the same meanings as in formula (1) R 1 ⁇ R 4 in .R 1 and R 2, or R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring well, the formed ring may have a substituent .
  • R 5 have the same meaning as R 5 in the general formula (1) .
  • R 6 and R 7 the general formula (1) R 6 and in the same meaning as R 7 .
  • a 1 has the same meaning as a 1 in formula (1).
  • Specific examples of the substituent in the compounds having the structures represented by the general formula (A) and the general formulas (1) to (3) are as follows.
  • substituents examples include a halogen atom (eg, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), an alkyl group (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group).
  • halogen atom eg, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom
  • alkyl group eg, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group.
  • ⁇ Dyeing process> 4.2 g of intermediate (1-2), 2.4 g of 1-butyl-3- (2-ethylhexyl) barbituric acid and acetonitrile were added and stirred at 60 ° C. for about 30 minutes. Thereafter, a solution obtained by adding 0.81 g of acetic anhydride and 1.6 g of triethylamine to acetonitrile was slowly added dropwise to the reaction solution, followed by stirring at 75 ° C. for about 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was distilled off and dissolved in ethyl acetate.
  • ⁇ Synthesis Example 6 Exemplary Compound 99> Synthesis was performed in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that 4-methylpyridine was used in place of 2-methylbenzothiazole in Synthesis Example 1, and Example Compound 99 was obtained.
  • the absorption maximum peak wavelength of the obtained compound in an acetone solution was 492 nm, and the half width was 41 nm.
  • ⁇ Synthesis Example 8 Exemplary Compound 131>
  • 1,3-indandione is used instead of 1-butyl-3- (2-ethylhexyl) barbituric acid
  • 4-methylquinoline is used instead of 2-methylbenzothiazole
  • p- Exemplified compound 131 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that p-toluenesulfonic acid-2-ethylhexyl was used instead of butyltoluenesulfonate.
  • the absorption maximum peak wavelength of the obtained compound in an acetone solution was 589 nm, and the half width was 26 nm.
  • Resin The resin according to the present invention is characterized in that the solubility in dichloromethane at 23 ° C. is in the range of 5 to 50% by mass.
  • solubility When the solubility is less than 5% by mass, the compatibility with the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention is lowered, and bleed out is likely to occur. On the other hand, if it exceeds 50% by mass, the polymer chain as an optical film is likely to be thermally contracted, and the film properties are likely to be deteriorated.
  • any resin satisfying the solubility can be used without particular limitation.
  • the cellulose ester resin (also referred to as cellulose ester) that can be used in the present invention includes cellulose (di, tri) acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, It is preferably at least one selected from cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, and cellulose phthalate.
  • particularly preferred cellulose esters include cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, and cellulose acetate butyrate.
  • substitution degree of the mixed fatty acid ester when an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is used as a substituent, the substitution degree of the acetyl group is X, and the substitution degree of the propionyl group or butyryl group is Y.
  • a cellulose resin containing a cellulose ester that simultaneously satisfies the following formulas (I) and (II) is preferable.
  • the total substitution degree of the acyl group of the cellulose ester can be about 1.0 to 3.0.
  • the total substitution degree of the acyl group is preferably in the range of 2.0 to 2.95 from the viewpoint of reducing moisture permeability.
  • substitution degree of the acyl group of the cellulose ester can be measured by a method prescribed in ASTM D817-96.
  • the number average molecular weight of the cellulose ester is preferably in the range of 6 ⁇ 10 4 to 3 ⁇ 10 5 in order to increase the mechanical strength of the obtained film.
  • the molecular weight is in the range of 7 ⁇ 10 4 to 2 ⁇ 10 5 . It is more preferable that
  • the cellulose ester used in the present invention preferably has a weight average molecular weight Mw / number average molecular weight Mn ratio of 1.5 to 5.5, particularly preferably 2.0 to 5.0,
  • the cellulose ester resin is preferably 2.5 to 5.0, more preferably 3.0 to 5.0.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the cellulose ester are measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the measurement conditions are as follows.
  • the raw material cellulose of the cellulose ester resin used in the present invention may be wood pulp or cotton linter, and the wood pulp may be softwood or hardwood, but softwood is more preferable.
  • a cotton linter is preferably used from the viewpoint of peelability during film formation.
  • the cellulose ester made from these can be mixed suitably or can be used independently.
  • the ratio of cellulose ester derived from cellulose linter: cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (coniferous): cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (hardwood) is 100: 0: 0, 90: 10: 0, 85: 15: 0, 50:50: 0, 20: 80: 0, 10: 90: 0, 0: 100: 0, 0: 0: 100, 80:10:10, 85: 0: 15, 40:30:30.
  • cellulose ester resin 1 g is added to 20 mL of pure water (electric conductivity 0.1 ⁇ S / cm or less, pH 6.8), and the pH when stirred in a nitrogen atmosphere at 25 ° C. for 1 hr is 6 It is preferable that the electric conductivity is 1 to 100 ⁇ S / cm.
  • Acrylic resin The acrylic resin that can be used in the present invention includes a methacrylic resin.
  • the acrylic resin may be a homopolymer of (meth) acrylic acid ester or a copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid ester and other copolymerization monomers.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin may be one type or a mixture of two or more types.
  • the (meth) acrylic acid ester is preferably methyl methacrylate.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from methyl methacrylate in the copolymer is preferably 50% by mass or more, and more preferably 70% by mass or more.
  • Examples of the copolymerization monomer that forms a copolymer with methyl methacrylate include alkyl methacrylates having 2 to 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl portion; alkyl acrylates having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl portion; Obtained alkyl (meth) acrylates having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety having a hydroxy group; ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated acids such as acrylic acid and methacrylic acid; unsaturated groups such as maleic acid, fumaric acid and itaconic acid Containing divalent carboxylic acids; aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene; ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile; maleic anhydride, maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutaric anhydride, Acrylamide derivatives such as acryloylmorpholine (ACMO
  • alkyl acrylates such as methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, s-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, Alkyl (meth) acrylates having a hydroxy group such as methyl (hydroxymethyl) acrylate and ethyl 2- (hydroxymethyl) acrylate are preferred.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of the (meth) acrylic resin is preferably in the range of 2.0 ⁇ 10 4 to 5.0 ⁇ 10 5 , more preferably 5.0 ⁇ 10 4 to 4.5 ⁇ 10 5 . Within the range, more preferably within the range of 1.0 ⁇ 10 5 to 4.0 ⁇ 10 5 . If the weight average molecular weight Mw of the (meth) acrylic resin is 8.0 ⁇ 10 4 or more, the brittleness resistance of the film is easily improved, and if it is 5.0 ⁇ 10 5 or less, the haze of the film tends to be low.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of the (meth) acrylic resin can be measured by gel permeation chromatography in the same manner as the method for measuring the weight average molecular weight Mw of the cellulose ester.
  • any known method such as suspension polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, or solution polymerization may be used.
  • a polymerization initiator a normal peroxide type and an azo type can be used, and a redox type can also be used.
  • the polymerization temperature may be 30 to 100 ° C. for suspension or emulsion polymerization, and 80 to 160 ° C. for bulk or solution polymerization.
  • polymerization can be carried out using alkyl mercaptan or the like as a chain transfer agent.
  • acrylic resins can be used.
  • an acrylic resin having a lactone ring unit as described in JP-A-2008-9378 has high heat resistance and is preferably used.
  • acrylic resins can also be used.
  • Delpet 60N, 80N (Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.), Dianal BR52, BR80, BR83, BR85, BR88 (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), KT75 (Denki Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned. .
  • Cyclic Olefin Resin in the present invention, it is also preferable to use a cyclic olefin resin.
  • the cyclic olefin resin include norbornene resins, monocyclic olefin resins, cyclic conjugated diene resins, vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon resins, and hydrides thereof.
  • norbornene-based resins can be suitably used because of their good transparency and moldability.
  • Examples of the norbornene-based resin include a ring-opening polymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure, a ring-opening copolymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure and another monomer, a hydride thereof, and a norbornene structure.
  • a ring-opening (co) polymer hydride of a monomer having a norbornene structure is particularly suitable from the viewpoints of transparency, moldability, heat resistance, low hygroscopicity, dimensional stability, lightness, and the like. Can be used.
  • Examples of the monomer having a norbornene structure include bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene (common name: norbornene), tricyclo [4.3.0.1 2,5 ] deca-3,7-diene. (Common name: dicyclopentadiene), 7,8-benzotricyclo [4.3.0.1 2,5 ] dec-3-ene (common name: methanotetrahydrofluorene), tetracyclo [4.4.0. 1 2,5 . 1 7,10 ] dodec-3-ene (common name: tetracyclododecene) and derivatives of these compounds (for example, those having a substituent in the ring).
  • examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkylene group, and a polar group.
  • a polar group is preferable from the viewpoint of solubility.
  • these substituents may be the same or different and a plurality may be bonded to the ring.
  • the monomer which has a norbornene structure can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Examples of the polar group include a hetero atom or an atomic group having a hetero atom.
  • Examples of the hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom, and a halogen atom.
  • Specific examples of the polar group include carboxy group, carbonyloxycarbonyl group, epoxy group, hydroxy group, oxy group, ester group, silanol group, silyl group, amino group, nitrile group, and sulfone group.
  • a monomer that is a polar group represented by the formula — (CH 2 ) nCOOR is such that the resulting cycloolefin resin has a high glass transition temperature, a low hygroscopic property, and excellent adhesion to various materials. This is preferable.
  • monomers capable of ring-opening copolymerization with monomers having a norbornene structure include monocyclic olefins such as cyclohexene, cycloheptene, and cyclooctene and derivatives thereof, cyclic conjugated dienes such as cyclohexadiene, cycloheptadiene, and the like. And derivatives thereof.
  • a ring-opening polymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure and a ring-opening copolymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure and another monomer copolymerizable with the monomer have a known ring-opening polymerization catalyst. It can be obtained by (co) polymerization in the presence.
  • Examples of other monomers that can be addition-copolymerized with a monomer having a norbornene structure include, for example, ⁇ -olefins having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as ethylene, propylene, and 1-butene, and derivatives thereof; cyclobutene, cyclopentene, Examples include cycloolefins such as cyclohexene and derivatives thereof; non-conjugated dienes such as 1,4-hexadiene, 4-methyl-1,4-hexadiene, and 5-methyl-1,4-hexadiene. These monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, ⁇ -olefin is preferable, and ethylene is more preferable.
  • An addition polymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure and an addition copolymer of another monomer copolymerizable with a monomer having a norbornene structure can be used in the presence of a known addition polymerization catalyst. It can be obtained by polymerization.
  • a known hydrogenation catalyst containing a transition metal such as nickel or palladium is added to the polymer solution, and the carbon-carbon unsaturated bond is preferably hydrogenated by 90% or more.
  • X bicyclo [3.3.0] octane-2,4-diyl-ethylene structure and Y: tricyclo [4.3.0.1 2,5 ] decane-7 are used as repeating units.
  • 9-diyl-ethylene structure the content of these repeating units is 90% by mass or more based on the entire repeating units of the norbornene resin, and the X content ratio and the Y content ratio are The ratio of X: Y is preferably 100: 0 to 40:60.
  • the molecular weight of the cyclic olefin resin used in the present invention is appropriately selected according to the purpose of use.
  • the polyisoprene or polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by gel permeation chromatography using cyclohexane (toluene if the polymer resin does not dissolve) as a solvent is usually 20000 to 150,000. It is preferably 25,000 to 100,000, more preferably 30,000 to 80,000. When the weight average molecular weight is in such a range, the mechanical strength and molding processability of the film are highly balanced and suitable.
  • the glass transition temperature of the cyclic olefin resin may be appropriately selected according to the purpose of use. From the viewpoint of durability and stretchability, it is preferably in the range of 130 to 160 ° C, more preferably 135 to 150 ° C.
  • the molecular weight distribution (weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn)) of the cyclic olefin resin is 1.2 to 3.5, preferably 1.5 to 3.0, from the viewpoint of relaxation time, productivity and the like. More preferably, it is 1.8 to 2.7.
  • a polymer material collectively referred to as polycarbonate is a generic term for a polymer material in which a polycondensation reaction is used in its synthesis method and the main chain is linked by a carbonic acid bond.
  • Phosgene, diphenyl carbonate and the like obtained by polycondensation.
  • an aromatic polycarbonate represented by a repeating unit having 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane called bisphenol-A as a bisphenol component is preferably selected.
  • bisphenol derivatives should be selected as appropriate.
  • an aromatic polycarbonate copolymer can be constituted.
  • bisphenol-A bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) methane, 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) cyclohexane, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene, 1,1 -Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-phenyl Ethane, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane, bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) diphenylmethane, bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfide, bis ( 4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone and 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -3,3,5 It can be mentioned trimethyl cyclohexane.
  • aromatic polyester carbonate partially containing terephthalic acid and / or isophthalic acid components.
  • a structural unit as a part of the structural component of the aromatic polycarbonate composed of bisphenol-A, the properties of the aromatic polycarbonate, such as heat resistance and solubility, can be improved.
  • the present invention is also effective for coalescence.
  • the aromatic polycarbonate used here preferably has a viscosity average molecular weight of 1 ⁇ 10 4 or more and 4 ⁇ 10 5 or less.
  • a viscosity average molecular weight of 2 ⁇ 10 4 to 1.2 ⁇ 10 5 is particularly preferable. If a resin having a viscosity average molecular weight lower than 1 ⁇ 10 4 is used, the mechanical strength of the obtained film may be insufficient, and if it has a high molecular weight of 4 ⁇ 10 5 or more, the viscosity of the dope becomes too high, causing problems in handling. Since it occurs, it is not preferable.
  • the viscosity average molecular weight can be measured by commercially available high performance liquid chromatography.
  • the glass transition temperature of the aromatic polycarbonate used in the present invention is preferably 200 ° C. or higher for obtaining a highly heat-resistant film, and more preferably 230 ° C. or higher. These can be obtained by appropriately selecting the copolymerization component.
  • the glass transition temperature can be measured with a DSC apparatus (differential scanning calorimetry apparatus). For example, the Seiko Instruments Inc. product: RDC220 calculates the temperature at 10 ° C./min. It is the temperature that begins to do.
  • the polyimide resin used in the present invention is a resin having an imide structure, and a resin containing an imide bond in a repeating unit.
  • the polyimide is preferably formed from diamine or a derivative thereof and an acid anhydride or a derivative thereof.
  • Preferred polyimide resins for the present invention from the viewpoint of solubility include polyimides, polyamideimides, polyetherimides, and polyesterimides having a structure represented by the following formula (1.1). It is preferable to use a polyimide having a structure represented by the formula (1.1).
  • Polyimide having a structure represented by the formula (1.1) As a polyimide that can be used in the present invention, in particular, a polyimide having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1.1) (Hereinafter referred to as polyimide (A)) is preferable.
  • R represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring, or a tetravalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 39 carbon atoms.
  • A represents a group consisting of a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 39 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a combination thereof, and as a bonding group, —O—, — At least one selected from the group consisting of SO 2 —, —CO—, —CH 2 —, —C (CH 3 ) 2 —, —OSi (CH 3 ) 2 —, —C 2 H 4 O—, and —S—.
  • One group may be contained.
  • Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by R include fluorene ring, benzene ring, biphenyl ring, naphthalene ring, azulene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, pyrene ring, chrysene ring, naphthacene ring, triphenylene ring, o- Terphenyl ring, m-terphenyl ring, p-terphenyl ring, acenaphthene ring, coronene ring, fluoranthrene ring, naphthacene ring, pentacene ring, perylene ring, pentaphen ring, picene ring, pyrene ring, pyranthrene ring, and anthra An anthrene ring etc. are mentioned.
  • examples of the aromatic heterocycle represented by R include a silole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an oxazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a triazine ring, and an oxadiene ring.
  • Azole ring triazole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, thiazole ring, indole ring, benzimidazole ring, benzthiazole ring, benzoxazole ring, quinoxaline ring, quinazoline ring, phthalazine ring, thienothiophene ring, carbazole ring, azacarbazole ring ( Any one of the carbon atoms constituting the dicarbosyl ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, benzothiophene ring or dibenzofuran ring.
  • Examples of the tetravalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 39 carbon atoms represented by R include a butane-1,1,4,4-tetrayl group, an octane-1,1,8,8-tetrayl group, And groups such as decane-1,1,10,10-tetrayl group.
  • Examples of the tetravalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 39 carbon atoms represented by R include cyclobutane-1,2,3,4-tetrayl group, cyclopentane-1,2,4,5. -Tetrayl group, cyclohexane-1,2,4,5-tetrayl group, bicyclo [2.2.2] oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetrayl group, bicyclo [2.2.2] Octane-2,3,5,6-tetrayl group, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-dicyclohexyltetrayl group, 3,6-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2,4,5-tetrayl group, and 3,6 And groups such as -diphenylcyclohexane-1,2,4,5-tetrayl group.
  • the group represented by A is preferably a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 39 carbon atoms having a linking group, or a combination of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • a group represented by the following structural formula is preferred.
  • the polyimide of formula (1.1) is prepared by reacting an aromatic, aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid or derivative thereof with a diamine or derivative thereof to prepare a polyamic acid, and imidizing the polyamic acid. Is obtained.
  • aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid derivatives examples include aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid esters, aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, and the like. Of the aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof, alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides are preferred.
  • Examples of the aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid include 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid.
  • aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid esters examples include monoalkyl esters, dialkyl esters, trialkyl esters, and tetraalkyl esters of the above aliphatic tetracarboxylic acids.
  • Examples of the aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride.
  • aromatic tetracarboxylic acid examples include 4,4′-biphthalic anhydride, 4,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride, and 2,3,3 ′, 4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid.
  • dianhydrides 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the like.
  • an acid anhydride having a fluorene structure and 9,9-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) fluorenic dianhydride, and 9,9-bis [4- (3,4) -Dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl] fluorenic dianhydride is preferably used from the viewpoint of heat resistance and transparency.
  • an aromatic diamine or a derivative thereof for example, an aromatic diamine or an isocyanate is preferable, and an aromatic diamine is preferable.
  • aromatic diamine refers to a diamine in which an amino group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, or any other part of its structure.
  • a substituent for example, a halogen atom, a sulfonyl group, a carbonyl group, an oxygen atom, etc. may be contained.
  • aliphatic diamine refers to a diamine in which an amino group is directly bonded to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group or other substituent (for example, a halogen atom, a sulfonyl group, a carbonyl group, an oxygen atom, etc.) may be included.
  • aromatic diamines include, for example, p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 2,6-diaminotoluene, benzidine, o-tolidine, m-tolidine, bis (trifluoromethyl) Benzidine, octafluorobenzidine, 3,3'-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dichloro-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl 3,3′-difluoro-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 2,6-diaminonaphthalene and the like.
  • the diamine used in the present invention is 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-amino3-methylphenyl) fluorene, or 9,9-bis (3-fluoro- 4-aminophenyl) fluorene is preferable, and the acid anhydride is 9,9-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) fluorene dianhydride or 9,9-bis [4- (3 , 4-Dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl] fluorenic dianhydride is preferable from the viewpoint of improving non-coloring property, whitening and bending resistance.
  • the polyimide used in the present invention contains a fluorinated polyimide from the viewpoint of excellent transparency of the polyimide film and easy thermal correction by thermal shrinkage.
  • the fluorine content is more preferably in the range of 1 to 40% by mass in the film because the effect of the present invention is great.
  • the polyamic acid can be obtained by polymerizing at least one of the tetracarboxylic acids and at least one of the diamines in a suitable solvent.
  • polyimide is a method in which a polyamic acid solution is heated to imidize the polyamic acid (thermal imidization method), or a method in which a polycyclic acid (imidation catalyst) is added to the polyamic acid solution to imidize the polyamic acid. (Chemical imidization method).
  • the polyamic acid in the polymerization solvent is heated for 0.1 to 200 hours in a temperature range of, for example, 80 to 300 ° C. to advance imidization.
  • the temperature range is preferably 150 to 200 ° C., and by setting the temperature range to 150 ° C. or higher, imidization can be reliably progressed and completed. It is possible to prevent an increase in the resin concentration due to oxidation of unreacted raw materials and volatilization of the solvent.
  • a known ring closure catalyst is added to the polyamic acid in the polymerization solvent to advance imidization.
  • the ring-closing catalyst include aliphatic tertiary amines such as trimethylamine and triethylenediamine, and heterocyclic tertiary amines such as isoquinoline, pyridine and picoline.
  • optical film of the present invention may further contain various additives as described below, if necessary.
  • the optical film of the present invention can contain a sugar ester other than the cellulose ester resin described above from the viewpoint of improving the plasticity of the optical film.
  • the sugar ester that can be used in the present invention refers to a compound having 1 to 12 furanose structures or pyranose structures in which all or part of the hydroxy groups in the compound are esterified.
  • sugar esters represented by the following general formula (FA).
  • R 1 to R 8 in formula (FA) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group.
  • R 1 to R 8 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • the substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group include a methylcarbonyl group (acetyl group).
  • the substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms.
  • the arylcarbonyl group include a phenylcarbonyl group.
  • the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group has include an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an alkoxyl group such as a methoxy group, and the like.
  • the average substitution degree of the acyl group of the sucrose ester is preferably in the range of 3.0 to 7.5. When the average substitution degree of the acyl group is within this range, for example, sufficient compatibility with the cellulose ester is easily obtained.
  • the content of the sugar ester is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 35.0% by mass, more preferably in the range of 5.0 to 30.0% by mass with respect to the cellulose ester.
  • the optical film of the present invention may contain a plasticizer in order to improve the fluidity of the composition during film production and the flexibility of the film as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • plasticizers include polyester plasticizers, polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers, polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizers (including phthalate ester plasticizers), glycolate plasticizers, ester plasticizers ( Citrate ester plasticizers, fatty acid ester plasticizers, phosphate ester plasticizers, trimellitic ester plasticizers, and the like). These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the polyester plasticizer is a compound obtained by reacting a monovalent to tetravalent carboxylic acid and a monovalent to hexavalent alcohol, and preferably a compound obtained by reacting a divalent carboxylic acid and a glycol. It is.
  • divalent carboxylic acid examples include succinic acid, glutaric acid, itaconic acid, adipic acid, phthalic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid and the like.
  • a compound using succinic acid, adipic acid, phthalic acid or the like as the divalent carboxylic acid can impart good plasticity.
  • glycols include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, 1,4-butylene glycol, 1,6-hexamethylene glycol, neopentylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, and dipropylene glycol Is included.
  • divalent carboxylic acid and glycol may be one kind, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
  • the polyester plasticizer may be any of ester, oligoester, and polyester.
  • the molecular weight of the polyester plasticizer is preferably in the range of 100 to 10,000, and more preferably in the range of 600 to 3,000 because the effect of imparting plasticity is great.
  • the viscosity of the polyester plasticizer depends on the molecular structure and molecular weight. However, in the case of an adipic acid plasticizer, the compatibility with the cellulose ester is high and the effect of imparting plasticity is high. It is preferably in the range of s (25 ° C.).
  • the polyester plasticizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer is an ester compound (alcohol ester) of a dihydric or higher aliphatic polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, preferably a divalent to 20-valent aliphatic polyhydric alcohol ester.
  • the polyhydric alcohol ester compound preferably has an aromatic ring or a cycloalkyl ring in the molecule.
  • aliphatic polyhydric alcohol examples include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol and the like.
  • the monocarboxylic acid can be an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, an alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, an aromatic monocarboxylic acid, or the like.
  • One kind of monocarboxylic acid may be sufficient and a mixture of two or more kinds may be sufficient.
  • all of the OH groups contained in the aliphatic polyhydric alcohol may be esterified, or a part of the OH groups may be left as they are.
  • the aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is preferably a fatty acid having a straight chain or a side chain having 1 to 32 carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is more preferably 1-20, and still more preferably 1-10.
  • Examples of such aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, and the like, and acetic acid may be preferable in order to enhance compatibility with the cellulose ester.
  • Examples of the alicyclic monocarboxylic acid include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid and the like.
  • aromatic monocarboxylic acids examples include benzoic acid; one having 1 to 3 alkyl groups or alkoxy groups (for example, methoxy group or ethoxy group) introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid (for example, toluic acid, etc.); benzene ring Aromatic monocarboxylic acids having two or more (for example, biphenyl carboxylic acid, naphthalene carboxylic acid, tetralin carboxylic acid, etc.) are included, and benzoic acid is preferred.
  • the molecular weight of the polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 300 to 1500, and more preferably in the range of 350 to 750. In order to make it hard to volatilize, the one where molecular weight is larger is preferable. In order to improve moisture permeability and compatibility with the cellulose ester, a smaller molecular weight is preferable.
  • polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer examples include trimethylolpropane triacetate, pentaerythritol tetraacetate, and an ester compound (A) represented by the general formula (I) described in JP-A-2008-88292. included.
  • the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester plasticizer is an ester compound of a divalent or higher, preferably 2 to 20 valent polycarboxylic acid and an alcohol compound.
  • the polyvalent carboxylic acid is preferably a 2-20 valent aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid, a 3-20 valent aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acid, or a 3-20 valent alicyclic polyvalent carboxylic acid.
  • polyvalent carboxylic acids include trivalent or higher aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acids such as trimellitic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid or derivatives thereof; succinic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, oxalic acid Contains aliphatic polycarboxylic acids such as fumaric acid, maleic acid and tetrahydrophthalic acid; oxypolycarboxylic acids such as tartaric acid, tartronic acid, malic acid and citric acid, etc., and suppresses volatilization from the film. For this, oxypolycarboxylic acids are preferred.
  • the alcohol compound examples include an aliphatic saturated alcohol compound having a straight chain or a side chain, an aliphatic unsaturated alcohol compound having a straight chain or a side chain, an alicyclic alcohol compound, or an aromatic alcohol compound.
  • the carbon number of the aliphatic saturated alcohol compound or the aliphatic unsaturated alcohol compound is preferably 1 to 32, more preferably 1 to 20, and further preferably 1 to 10.
  • Examples of the alicyclic alcohol compound include cyclopentanol, cyclohexanol and the like.
  • the aromatic alcohol compound include phenol, paracresol, dimethylphenol, benzyl alcohol, cinnamyl alcohol and the like.
  • One kind of alcohol compound may be sufficient and a mixture of two or more kinds may be sufficient.
  • the molecular weight of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester plasticizer is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 300 to 1000, and more preferably in the range of 350 to 750. A larger molecular weight of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester plasticizer is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing bleeding out. From the viewpoint of moisture permeability and compatibility with cellulose ester, a smaller one is preferable.
  • the acid value of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester plasticizer is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 0.2 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the acid value refers to the number of milligrams of potassium hydroxide necessary for neutralizing the acid (carboxy group present in the sample) contained in 1 g of the sample. The acid value is measured according to JIS K0070.
  • polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer examples include an ester compound (B) represented by the general formula (II) described in JP-A-2008-88292.
  • the polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer may be a phthalate ester plasticizer.
  • the phthalate ester plasticizer include diethyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, and dicyclohexyl terephthalate.
  • glycolate plasticizers include alkylphthalyl alkyl glycolates.
  • alkyl phthalyl alkyl glycolates include methyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, and octyl phthalyl octyl glycolate It is.
  • the ester plasticizer includes a fatty acid ester plasticizer, a citrate ester plasticizer, a phosphate ester plasticizer, a trimellitic acid plasticizer, and the like.
  • Examples of the fatty acid ester plasticizer include butyl oleate, methylacetyl ricinoleate, dibutyl sebacate and the like.
  • Examples of the citrate plasticizer include acetyl trimethyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate, acetyl tributyl citrate and the like.
  • Examples of the phosphate ester plasticizer include triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, cresyl diphenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, diphenyl biphenyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate and the like.
  • trimellitic acid plasticizers include octyl trimellitic acid, n-octyl trimellitic acid, isodecyl trimellitic acid, and isononyl trimellitic acid.
  • the plasticizer content is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 30.0% by mass with respect to the cellulose ester. If the content of the plasticizer is 30.0% by mass or less, the optical film hardly causes bleed out.
  • the optical film of the present invention may further contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • the ultraviolet absorber may be benzotriazole, 2-hydroxybenzophenone, salicylic acid phenyl ester, or the like.
  • an ultraviolet absorber having a molecular weight of 400 or more is difficult to volatilize at a high boiling point, and is difficult to scatter even at high temperature molding. Therefore, even if the addition amount is relatively small, weather resistance is imparted to the obtained film. Can do.
  • ultraviolet absorbers having a molecular weight of 400 or more examples include 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis ( ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis [4- Benzotriazoles such as (1,1,3,3-tetrabutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol]; Hindered amines such as bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate; 2- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -2-n-butylmalonate bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl), 1- [2- [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy] ethyl] -4- [3- (3,5-di
  • the optical film of the present invention may contain fine particles composed of an inorganic compound or an organic compound for the purpose of imparting slipperiness and improving handleability.
  • inorganic compounds include silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate , And calcium phosphate.
  • organic compounds include polytetrafluoroethylene, cellulose acetate, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, polypropyl methacrylate, polymethyl acrylate, polyethylene carbonate, acrylic styrene resin, silicone resin, polycarbonate resin, benzoguanamine resin, melamine Resin, polyolefin-based powder, polyester-based resin, polyamide-based resin, polyimide-based resin, pulverized classification of organic polymer compound (polyfluorinated ethylene-based resin, starch, etc.), polymer compound synthesized by suspension polymerization method, spray drying High molecular compounds made spherical by the method or dispersion method are included.
  • the fine particles can be composed of a compound containing silicon, preferably silicon dioxide, from the viewpoint that the haze of the obtained film can be kept low.
  • silicon dioxide fine particles examples include Aerosil R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, and TT600 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.).
  • Aerosil 200V and Aerosil R972V are particularly preferable because they can increase the slipperiness of the film surface while keeping the haze of the optical film low.
  • zirconium oxide fine particles examples include Aerosil R976 and R811 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.).
  • the polymer compound examples include a silicone resin, a fluororesin, a (meth) acrylic resin, and the like, preferably a silicone resin, and more preferably a silicone resin having a three-dimensional network structure.
  • silicone resins include Tospearl 103, 105, 108, 120, 145, 3120, 240 (above, manufactured by Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • the average primary particle size of the fine particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 400 nm, more preferably in the range of 10 to 300 nm.
  • the fine particles may form secondary aggregates mainly having a particle size in the range of 0.05 to 0.30 ⁇ m. If the average particle size of the fine particles is in the range of 100 to 400 nm, they can exist as primary particles without agglomeration.
  • the dynamic friction coefficient of at least one surface of the optical film is in the range of 0.2 to 1.0.
  • the content of the fine particles is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 1.00% by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 0.50% by mass with respect to the cellulose ester.
  • Phase difference control agent In order to improve the display quality of an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device, a retardation control agent is added to the optical film or an alignment film is formed to provide a liquid crystal layer. By combining the phase difference, the optical compensation ability can be imparted to the optical film.
  • Examples of the retardation control agent include aromatic compounds having two or more aromatic rings as described in EP 911,656A2, and rod-like compounds described in JP-A-2006-2025. It is done. Two or more aromatic compounds may be used in combination.
  • the aromatic ring of the aromatic compound is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic ring including an aromatic heterocyclic ring in addition to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • the aromatic heterocycle is generally an unsaturated heterocycle. Of these, the 1,3,5-triazine ring described in JP-A-2006-2026 is preferable.
  • the addition amount of these retardation control agents is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 20% by mass, more preferably in the range of 1 to 10% by mass with respect to 100% by mass of the resin for film. preferable.
  • the optical film of the present invention may further contain an antioxidant, an antistatic agent, a flame retardant and the like for preventing thermal decomposition during molding and coloring due to heat.
  • optical film of the present invention can be used as an optical film for image display devices such as organic EL display devices and liquid crystal display devices.
  • the optical film of the present invention is preferably used for a polarizing plate protective film, a retardation film, and an optical compensation film. It is preferable that the retardation film or the optical compensation film also serves as a polarizing plate protective film.
  • the retardation value of the optical film of the present invention is not particularly limited and can be appropriately adjusted according to the use of the optical film.
  • the retardation value is preferably small, and the following conditions 1 and 2 are preferably satisfied.
  • An in-plane retardation value Ro (590) represented by the following formula (I) measured at a wavelength of 590 nm under an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% is in the range of 0 to 40 nm.
  • Formula (I): Ro (n x -n y) ⁇ d Condition 2: Retardation value Rt (590) in the thickness direction represented by the following formula (II) measured at a wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% is within a range of ⁇ 20 to 50 nm. It is.
  • Desired retardation can be adjusted by controlling the stretching ratio at the time of film production, the addition amount of the retardation increasing agent, the type and substitution degree of acyl groups, the film thickness of the film in the case of cellulose ester.
  • the above Ro and Rt can be measured using an automatic birefringence meter, for example, AxoScan manufactured by Axometric, and KOBRA-21ADH manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments.
  • the film thickness of the optical film is preferably in the range of 10 to 250 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of thinning the display device and productivity. If the film thickness is 10 ⁇ m or more, a certain level of film strength and retardation can be expressed. If the film thickness is 250 ⁇ m or less, fluctuations in the phase difference due to heat and humidity can be suppressed. Preferably, it is in the range of 20 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the visible light transmittance of the optical film of the present invention is preferably 90% or more, and more preferably 93% or more.
  • the elongation at break in at least one direction measured according to JIS-K7127-1999 is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more, and further preferably 30. % Or more.
  • optical film of the present invention can be produced by a solution casting method or a melt casting method.
  • the solution casting method is preferred from the viewpoint of suppressing optical defects such as coloring of optical films, foreign matter defects, and die lines.
  • Solution casting film forming method The method for producing an optical film by the solution casting film forming method is A1) a compound having at least a resin and a structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention, and A step of preparing a dope by dissolving other additives in a solvent as necessary, A2) a step of casting a dope on an endless metal support, A3) a web by evaporating the solvent from the cast dope And A4) a step of peeling the web from the metal support, and A5) a step of drying the web and then stretching it to obtain a film, if necessary.
  • A1 a compound having at least a resin and a structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention, and A step of preparing a dope by dissolving other additives in a solvent as necessary, A2) a step of casting a dope on an endless metal support, A3) a web by evaporating the solvent from the cast dope And A4) a step of peeling the web from the metal support,
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing an example of an apparatus used in a dope preparation step, a casting step, a drying step, and a stretching step of a solution casting film forming method preferable for the present invention.
  • a melting pot 101 As an example of an apparatus to be used, in FIG. 1, a melting pot 101, filters 103, 106, 112, 115, stock pots 104, 113, liquid feed pumps 102, 105, 111, 114, conduits 108, 116, additive charging pot 110 , Merge pipe 120, mixer 121, pressurizing die 130, metal belt 131, web 132, peeling position 133, first drying device 134, stretching device 135, second drying device 136, winding device 138, charging kettle 141,
  • the stock pot 142, the pump 143, and the filter 144 can be mentioned, respectively. However, it is not limited to this.
  • A1 Dope preparation step In a dissolution vessel, a dope is prepared by dissolving a resin, a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention, and, if necessary, other additives in a solvent.
  • the solvent can be used without limitation as long as it dissolves the resin, the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention, and other additives.
  • the chlorinated organic solvent dichloromethane
  • the non-chlorinated organic solvent methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2 , 2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2 -Methyl-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, nitroethane,
  • the dope preferably further contains 1 to 40% by mass of a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the ratio of the alcohol in the dope is high, the web is gelled and peeling from the metal support becomes easy.
  • the ratio of alcohol in the dope is small, dissolution of cellulose acetate in a non-chlorine organic solvent system can be promoted.
  • linear or branched aliphatic alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms examples include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, tert-butanol and the like. . Of these, ethanol is preferred because of high dope stability, relatively low boiling point, and high drying properties.
  • the dope preferably contains a solvent dichloromethane and a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the resin concentration in the dope is preferably higher in order to reduce the drying load, but it is difficult to filter if the resin concentration is too high. Therefore, the concentration of the resin in the dope is preferably in the range of 10 to 35% by mass, more preferably in the range of 15 to 25% by mass.
  • the method of dissolving the resin in the solvent can be, for example, a method of dissolving under heating and pressure.
  • a higher heating temperature is preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the solubility of the resin. If the temperature is too high, it is necessary to increase the pressure, and the productivity is lowered. Therefore, the heating temperature is preferably in the range of 45 to 120 ° C.
  • the additive may be added batchwise to the dope, or an additive solution may be separately prepared and added inline.
  • an additive solution may be separately prepared and added inline.
  • thermoplastic resin When adding an additive solution in-line, it is preferable to dissolve a small amount of resin in order to facilitate mixing with the dope.
  • the content of the thermoplastic resin is preferably in the range of 1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 3 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solvent.
  • an in-line mixer such as a static mixer (manufactured by Toray Engineering) or SWJ (Toray static type in-pipe mixer Hi-Mixer) is preferably used.
  • the obtained dope may contain insoluble matters such as impurities contained in a resin as a raw material, for example. Such an insoluble matter can become a bright spot foreign material in the obtained film. In order to remove insoluble matter, it is preferable to further filter the obtained dope.
  • the dope filtration is preferably performed so that the number of bright spot foreign substances in the obtained film is a certain value or less.
  • the number of bright spot foreign matters having a diameter of 0.01 mm or more is 200 / cm 2 or less, preferably 100 / cm 2 or less, more preferably 50 / cm 2 or less, and still more preferably 30 Filtration is performed so that the number of particles / cm 2 or less, particularly preferably 10 / cm 2 or less.
  • the bright spot foreign matter having a diameter of 0.01 mm or less is also preferably 200 pieces / cm 2 or less, more preferably 100 pieces / cm 2 or less, further preferably 50 pieces / cm 2 or less, It is more preferably 30 pieces / cm 2 or less, particularly preferably 10 pieces / cm 2 or less, and most preferably none.
  • the number of bright spot foreign matter on the film can be measured by the following procedure.
  • A2) Casting step The dope is cast on the endless metal support from the slit of the pressure die.
  • the metal support a stainless steel belt or a drum whose surface is plated with a casting is preferably used.
  • the surface of the metal support is preferably mirror-finished.
  • the cast width can be in the range of 1-4m.
  • the surface temperature of the metal support in the casting step is set to ⁇ 50 ° C. or more and below the temperature at which the solvent boils and does not foam. A higher temperature is preferable because the web can be dried at a higher speed, but it is within a temperature range in which foaming of the web and deterioration of flatness can be prevented.
  • the surface temperature of the metal support is preferably in the range of 0 to 100 ° C., more preferably in the range of 5 to 30 ° C.
  • the metal support may be cooled so that the web is gelled and can be peeled off from the drum in a state containing a large amount of residual solvent.
  • the method for adjusting the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, and there are a method of blowing hot air or cold air, and a method of bringing hot water into contact with the back side of the metal support. It is preferable to use warm water because heat transfer is performed efficiently, so that the time until the temperature of the metal support becomes constant is short.
  • A3) Solvent evaporation step The web (dope film obtained by casting the dope on the metal support) is heated on the metal support to evaporate the solvent.
  • the drying method and drying conditions of the web can be the same as in the above-described A2) casting step.
  • A4) Peeling Step The web obtained by evaporating the solvent on the metal support is peeled off at the peeling position on the metal support.
  • the residual solvent amount of the web at the time of peeling at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably in the range of 10 to 150% by mass, and 20 to 40% by mass in order to improve the flatness of the obtained film. % Or in the range of 60 to 130% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 20 to 30% by mass or 70 to 120% by mass.
  • the amount of residual solvent in the web is defined by the following formula.
  • Residual solvent amount (%) (mass before web heat treatment ⁇ mass after web heat treatment) / (mass after web heat treatment) ⁇ 100 Note that the heat treatment for measuring the residual solvent amount means a heat treatment at 115 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • the web obtained by peeling from the metal support is dried as necessary and then stretched.
  • the web may be dried while being conveyed by a large number of rollers arranged above and below, or may be dried while being conveyed while fixing both ends of the web with clips.
  • the method for drying the web may be a method of drying with hot air, infrared rays, a heating roller, microwaves, or the like, and a method of drying with hot air is preferable because it is simple.
  • the optical film having a desired retardation is obtained by stretching the web.
  • the retardation of the optical compensation film can be controlled by adjusting the magnitude of tension on the web.
  • the web is stretched in one of the web width direction (TD direction), the transport direction (MD direction), and the diagonal direction.
  • the optical film of the present invention When used as a ⁇ / 4 retardation film for antireflection of an organic EL display device, it can be stretched at least in an oblique direction, specifically in a 45 ° direction with respect to the web conveyance direction. preferable.
  • a circularly polarizing plate can be easily produced by simply laminating a film with a roll-to-roll so that the longitudinal directions overlap each other. The cut loss of the film can be reduced, which is advantageous in production.
  • the web may be stretched uniaxially or biaxially.
  • Biaxial stretching may be sequential biaxial stretching or simultaneous biaxial stretching.
  • the draw ratio depends on the film thickness of the obtained optical film and the required retardation, but for example, the draw ratio in the biaxial direction perpendicular to each other is finally 0.8 to 1 in the casting direction.
  • the draw ratio in the biaxial direction perpendicular to each other is finally 0.8 to 1 in the casting direction.
  • Within a range of 5 times preferably within a range of 1.1 to 2.5 times in the width direction, within a range of 0.8 to 1.0 times in the casting direction, and 1.2 to 2 times in the width direction It is more preferable to be within the range of 2.0 times.
  • the stretching ratio in the oblique direction is preferably in the range of 1.1 to 5.0 times, more preferably in the range of 1.2 to 2.5 times.
  • the draw ratio is represented by the ratio W / W0 of the film length in the drawing direction before and after stretching (W represents the length before stretching, and W0 represents the length after stretching).
  • W represents the length before stretching
  • W0 represents the length after stretching
  • the stretching temperature is preferably in the range of 120 to 230 ° C., more preferably in the range of 130 to 220 ° C., and even more preferably in the range of greater than 140 ° C. and 210 ° C. or less.
  • the stretching method of the web is not particularly limited, and a method of making a difference in circumferential speed between a plurality of rollers and stretching in the casting direction (conveying direction) using the circumferential speed difference (roller stretching method), both ends of the web Fix with clips and pins, widen the gap between clips and pins in the casting direction and stretch in the casting direction, spread in the width direction and stretch in the width direction, both in the casting direction and in the width direction It may be a method of expanding and stretching in both the casting direction and the width direction (tenter stretching method).
  • a tenter that can independently control the web gripping length (distance from the start of gripping to the end of gripping) left and right by gripping means that grips the left and right in the width direction may be used. These stretching methods may be combined.
  • Examples of the stretching apparatus having a mechanism for stretching in an oblique direction include the stretching apparatus described in Example 1 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-340916, the stretching apparatus illustrated in FIG. The stretching apparatus described in 2007-30466 and the stretching apparatus used in Example 1 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-94007 are included.
  • the residual solvent of the web at the start of stretching is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • the film after stretching is dried as necessary and then wound.
  • the film may be dried while being transported by a large number of rollers arranged on the top and bottom (roller method), or may be dried while being transported while fixing both ends of the web with clips. (Tenter method).
  • the optical film of the present invention can also be formed by a melt casting film forming method.
  • the method of producing the optical film of the present invention by the melt casting film forming method is as follows: B1) Step of producing molten pellet (pelletizing step), B2) Step of extruding after melting and kneading the molten pellet (melt extrusion step), B3) a step of cooling and solidifying the molten resin to obtain a web (cooling solidification step), and B4) a step of stretching the web (stretching step).
  • the resin composition containing the resin as the main component of the optical film and the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention is preferably kneaded and pelletized in advance.
  • Pelletization can be performed by a known method. For example, a resin composition containing the above-described resin and, if necessary, an additive such as a plasticizer, is melt-kneaded in an extruder, and then stranded from a die. Extrude into a shape. The molten resin extruded in a strand form can be cooled with water or air, and then cut to obtain pellets.
  • the mixture of the antioxidant and the resin may be mixed with each other, or the resin may be impregnated with an antioxidant dissolved in a solvent, You may spray and mix antioxidant in resin.
  • the atmosphere around the feeder portion of the extruder and the outlet portion of the die is preferably an atmosphere of dehumidified air or nitrogen gas in order to prevent deterioration of the raw material of the pellet.
  • low shear force or low so as not to cause degradation of the resin (decrease in molecular weight, coloring, gel formation, etc.) or decomposition of the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention.
  • a temperature For example, when kneading with a twin-screw extruder, it is preferable to use a deep groove type screw so that the rotational directions of the two screws are the same.
  • two screw shapes mesh with each other.
  • the resin composition containing the resin and the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention is not pelletized, and is not melt-kneaded and represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention.
  • An optical film may be produced by using a compound having a structure as it is as a raw material and then melt-kneading with an extruder.
  • the melting temperature of the film material in the extruder depends on the type of the film material, it is preferably in the range of Tg to (Tg + 100 ° C.), more preferably, when the glass transition temperature of the film is Tg (° C.). Is in the range of (Tg + 10 ° C.) to (Tg + 90 ° C.).
  • a mixing device such as a static mixer is further arranged on the downstream side of the extruder to uniformly mix these components. May be.
  • the molten resin extruded from the extruder is filtered through a leaf disc filter or the like as necessary, and further mixed with a static mixer or the like, and extruded from a die into a film.
  • the extrusion flow rate is preferably stabilized using a gear pump.
  • the leaf disk filter used for removal of a foreign material is a stainless fiber sintered filter.
  • the stainless steel fiber sintered filter is an integrated, intricately intertwined stainless steel fiber body that is compressed and sintered by integrating the contact points. The density is changed according to the thickness of the fiber and the amount of compression, and the filtration accuracy is adjusted. it can.
  • the melting temperature of the resin at the exit of the die can be in the range of about 200-300 ° C.
  • Cooling and solidifying step The resin extruded from the die is nipped between the cooling roller and the elastic touch roller to make the film-like molten resin a predetermined thickness. Then, the film-like molten resin is cooled and solidified stepwise by a plurality of cooling rollers.
  • the surface temperature of the cooling roller can be Tg or less, where Tg is the glass transition temperature of the obtained film.
  • Tg is the glass transition temperature of the obtained film.
  • the surface temperatures of the plurality of cooling rollers may be different.
  • the elastic touch roller is also called a pinching rotary body.
  • a commercially available elastic touch roller can also be used.
  • the film surface temperature on the elastic touch roller side can be in the range of Tg to (Tg + 110 ° C.) of the film.
  • the film-like molten resin solidified from the cooling roller is peeled off with a peeling roller or the like to obtain a web.
  • peeling the film-like molten resin it is preferable to adjust the tension in order to prevent deformation of the obtained web.
  • Stretching step The obtained web is stretched with a stretching machine to obtain a film. Stretching is performed in any of the web width direction, the conveyance direction, or the oblique direction.
  • the optical film of the present invention When used as a ⁇ / 4 retardation film for antireflection of an organic EL display device, it can be stretched at least in an oblique direction, specifically in a 45 ° direction with respect to the web conveyance direction. preferable.
  • the web stretching method, stretching ratio and stretching temperature are preferably the same as in the solution casting film forming method.
  • optical film of the present invention is used for a liquid crystal display device or an organic EL display as a polarizing plate of the present invention and a display device of the present invention using the polarizing film. Can do.
  • the optical film of the present invention can be used as a polarizing plate protective film or a retardation film. In the case of a retardation film, it is preferable that the film also serves as a polarizing plate protective film. In that case, it is not necessary to prepare an optical film having a retardation separately from the polarizing plate protective film. The thickness can be reduced and the manufacturing process can be simplified.
  • a polarizing plate protective film used on the surface side of a liquid crystal display device it is preferable to have an antireflection layer, an antistatic layer, an antifouling layer, and a backcoat layer in addition to an antiglare layer or a clear hard coat layer.
  • a polarizer which is a main component of a polarizing plate, is an element that allows only light of a plane of polarization in a certain direction to pass.
  • a typical polarizer currently known is a polyvinyl alcohol-based polarizing film, which is polyvinyl alcohol.
  • iodine is dyed on a system film and one in which dichroic dye is dyed.
  • the polarizer is formed by forming a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution into a film and dyeing the film by uniaxial stretching or dyeing or uniaxially stretching, and then performing a durability treatment with a boron compound.
  • the thickness of the polarizer is preferably in the range of 5 to 30 ⁇ m, particularly preferably in the range of 10 to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the polarizing plate according to the present invention can be produced by a general method.
  • the optical film of the present invention is preferably bonded to at least one surface of a polarizer prepared by subjecting the polarizer side of the optical film to alkali saponification treatment and immersion drawing in an iodine solution using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution. .
  • curable adhesives such as active energy ray-curable adhesives, urethane adhesives, epoxy adhesives, aqueous polymer-isocyanate adhesives, thermosetting acrylic adhesives, moisture-curing urethane adhesives,
  • An anaerobic adhesive such as polyether methacrylate type, ester methacrylate type, and oxidized polyether methacrylate, cyanoacrylate instantaneous adhesive, acrylate and peroxide type two-component instantaneous adhesive, and the like can be used.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive may be a one-component type or a two-component type in which two or more components are mixed before use.
  • the adhesive may be a solvent system using an organic solvent as a medium, or an aqueous system such as an emulsion type, a colloidal dispersion liquid type, or an aqueous solution type that is a medium containing water as a main component, or a solvent-free type. It may be a mold.
  • the concentration of the adhesive solution may be appropriately determined depending on the film thickness after bonding, the coating method, the coating conditions, and the like, and is usually 0.1 to 50% by mass.
  • the optical film of the present invention or other polarizing plate protective film can be bonded.
  • the optical film of the present invention is provided in a liquid crystal display device, the optical film is preferably disposed on the surface of the polarizer opposite to the liquid crystal cell. In this case, the film is bonded to the other surface of the polarizer.
  • a conventional polarizing plate protective film or retardation film can be used.
  • a commercially available cellulose ester film for example, Konica Minoltack KC8UX, KC5UX, KC8UCR3, KC8UCR4, KC8UCR5, KC8UY, KC6UY, KC4UY, KC4UE, KC8UE-HA, KC8UY-HA, HAC KC8UXW-RHA-C, KC8UXW-RHA-NC, KC4UXW-RHA-NC, manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.
  • a commercially available cellulose ester film for example, Konica Minoltack KC8UX, KC5UX, KC8UCR3, KC8UCR4, KC8UCR5, KC8UY, KC6UY, KC4UY, KC4UE, KC8UE-HA, KC8UY-HA, HAC KC8UXW-RHA-C, KC8UXW-RHA
  • the optical film and polarizing plate of the present invention can be used in liquid crystal display devices of various drive systems such as STN, TN, OCB, HAN, VA (MVA, PVA), IPS, OCB.
  • VA VA, PVA
  • IPS IPS type liquid crystal display devices.
  • a large-screen liquid crystal display device having a 30-inch or larger screen can reduce coloration during black display due to light leakage and can provide a liquid crystal display device with excellent visibility such as front contrast.
  • the optical film of the present invention is a polarizing plate protective film on the LED backlight side or the surface side of the liquid crystal display device when the liquid crystal display device has two polarizing plates with the liquid crystal cell sandwiched therebetween. It is preferable to arrange as a polarizing plate protective film.
  • Organic electroluminescence display device The optical film of the present invention can be suitably used for an organic electroluminescence (EL) display device.
  • EL organic electroluminescence
  • the organic EL display device is a display device using an organic EL element.
  • An organic EL element is an element including an organic light emitting material that emits light by current injection from a pair of electrodes. The energy when electrons injected from the cathode and holes injected from the anode are recombined in the organic light emitting material is taken out as light.
  • the organic EL display device has a sealing material, a light reflecting electrode, a light emitting layer, a transparent electrode layer, and a transparent substrate in this order, and the optical film of the present invention has a surface opposite to the light emitting layer of the transparent substrate. It is preferable to be used as the transparent substrate.
  • the sealing material has a function of protecting an organic layer such as a light emitting layer by blocking oxygen and moisture from the outside, and a material having extremely small oxygen permeability, moisture permeability, etc., such as aluminum foil is used. .
  • the light reflecting electrode is preferably made of a metal material having a high light reflectance.
  • the metal material include Mg, MgAg, MgIn, Al, LiAl, and the like.
  • the flatter surface of the light reflecting electrode is preferable because irregular reflection of light can be prevented.
  • the light reflecting electrode can be formed by a sputtering method.
  • the light reflecting electrode may be patterned. Patterning is performed by etching.
  • the light emitting layer includes R (red), G (green) and B (blue) light emitting layers.
  • Each light emitting layer contains a light emitting material.
  • the light emitting material may be an inorganic compound or an organic compound, and is preferably an organic compound.
  • Each of the R, G, and B light emitting layers may further include a charge transport material and further have a function as a charge transport layer.
  • Each of the R, G, and B light emitting layers further includes a hole transport material, and may further have a function as a hole transport layer.
  • the organic EL display device may further include a charge transport layer or a hole transport layer.
  • the light emitting layer can be formed by evaporating a light emitting material.
  • Each of the R, G, and B light emitting layers is obtained by patterning. Patterning can be performed using a photomask or the like.
  • the transparent electrode layer can generally be an ITO (indium tin oxide) electrode.
  • the transparent electrode layer 16 can be formed by a sputtering method or the like.
  • the transparent electrode layer 16 may be patterned. Patterning can be performed by etching. The light emitted from the organic EL is extracted from this side.
  • the transparent substrate may be any material that can transmit light, and may be a glass substrate, a plastic film, or the like.
  • the organic EL display device When the organic EL display device is energized between the light reflecting electrode and the transparent electrode layer, the light emitting layer emits light and can display an image.
  • the light emitting layer since each of the R, G, and B light-emitting layers is configured to be energized, a full-color image can be displayed.
  • the optical film of the present invention includes not only the organic EL display device having the above-described configuration, but also the organic EL display device described in International Patent Application Nos. 96/34514, JP-A Nos. 9-127585 and 11-45058. It can also be applied to.
  • Fine particles Fine particles (Aerosil R972V manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.): 11 parts by mass Ethanol: 89 parts by mass
  • dichloromethane was charged into the dissolution tank, and the prepared fine particle dispersion was slowly added in the following addition amount with sufficient stirring.
  • the fine particles are filtered through Finemet NF (manufactured by Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd.) to obtain a fine particle additive solution. .
  • the obtained dope was uniformly cast on a stainless belt support using an endless belt casting apparatus.
  • the solvent in the dope film cast (cast) was evaporated until the residual solvent amount became 75% by mass, and the obtained web was peeled from the stainless steel belt support.
  • the peeled web was conveyed while being gripped by a clip of a tenter stretching apparatus.
  • the obtained film was dried while being conveyed by a number of rollers in a drying zone.
  • the width direction end of the film held by the tenter clip was slit-removed with a laser cutter, and then wound up to obtain an original film.
  • the obtained raw film was unwound and stretched in the width direction of the film at a stretching temperature of glass transition temperature Tg + 20 ° C. and a stretching ratio of 1.10 times to obtain an optical film 101.
  • the film thickness of the optical film 101 was 50 ⁇ m.
  • optical films 102 to 108 were produced in the same manner as in the production of the optical film 101 except that Exemplified Compound 1 was replaced with the compounds described in Table I.
  • optical film 109 An optical film 109 was produced using the dope 2 in the same manner except that the preparation of the dope 1 was changed as follows.
  • optical film 112 In the production of the optical film 109, the optical film 112 was produced in the same manner except that the exemplified compound 39 and the exemplified compound 129 were replaced with the following comparative compound 1 and comparative compound 2 (described in JP-A-2015-36796). .
  • 24 g of octyl mercaptan and 24 g of stearyl alcohol as a release agent were added and stirred and dissolved.
  • the monomer mixture in which the polymerization initiator, the chain transfer agent and the release agent thus obtained were dissolved was converted into a 40-liter SUS polymerization reaction apparatus (deionized water, dispersion-stabilized) equipped with the stirrer described above.
  • the peeled web was evaporated at 35 ° C., and the solvent was slit to 1 m width, then 1.1 times in the transport direction (MD direction) by zone stretching, and 1. in the width direction (TD direction) by tenter stretching. It was made to dry at 135 degreeC drying temperature, extending
  • the film thickness was 40 ⁇ m.
  • optical films 114 and 115 were produced in the same manner as in the production of the optical film 113 except that the exemplified compound 37 was replaced with the compounds described in Table I.
  • a dope 5 having the following composition was prepared. First, dichloromethane and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. A cycloolefin resin, an additive, and a fine particle additive solution were added to a pressure dissolution tank containing dichloromethane with stirring. This was heated and completely dissolved with stirring, and this was dissolved in Azumi filter paper No. 1 manufactured by Azumi Filter Paper Co., Ltd. The dope 5 was prepared by filtration using 244.
  • the solvent was evaporated on the stainless steel belt support until the amount of residual solvent in the cast film was 30% by mass. Subsequently, it peeled from the stainless steel belt support body with the peeling tension of 128 N / m. The peeled film was stretched 1.1 times in the width direction at 160 ° C. The residual solvent at the start of stretching was 5% by mass. Next, drying was completed while transporting the drying zone with a large number of rollers, and the end sandwiched between tenter clips was slit with a laser cutter, and then wound up to obtain an optical film 116 with a film thickness of 40 ⁇ m.
  • optical films 117 and 118 were produced in the same manner as in the production of the optical film 116 except that the exemplified compound 37 was replaced with the compounds described in Table I.
  • the obtained polycarbonate was heated at 25 ° C. to 350 ° C. under a nitrogen stream (20 ml / min) at a rate of temperature increase of 10 ° C./min using DSC220, and then immediately cooled immediately to obtain a sample.
  • the glass transition temperature was measured according to JIS K 7121 at the same rate of temperature increase. As a result, the glass transition temperature of this polycarbonate was 154 ° C.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polycarbonate was 60000, and the content of components having a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or less was 4% by mass from the profile.
  • optical film 119 was produced in the same manner as in the production of the optical film 116, except that the same amount of the obtained polycarbonate (PC-1) was used instead of the cycloolefin resin.
  • PC-1 polycarbonate
  • Optical films 120 and 121 were produced in the same manner as in the production of the optical film 119 except that the exemplified compound 37 was replaced with the compounds described in Table I.
  • a dope 6 having the following composition was prepared. First, dichloromethane (boiling point 40 ° C.) was added to the pressure dissolution tank. The prepared polyimide solution A and the remaining components were charged into a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. While this was heated and stirred, it was completely dissolved, and this was dissolved in Azumi Filter Paper No. The dope 6 was prepared by filtering using 244.
  • the solvent was evaporated until the amount of residual solvent in the cast film cast was 75%, and then peeled off from the stainless steel belt support with a peeling tension of 180 N / m. .
  • the peeled cast film was dried at a first drying temperature of 200 ° C. so that the amount of residual solvent at the start of stretching became a desired value to obtain a film.
  • the dried film was heated at 120 ° C. and stretched 1.1 times in the width direction using a clip type tenter.
  • the residual solvent amount at the start of stretching was 10% by mass.
  • the stretched film was dried at a second drying temperature of 120 ° C. until the residual solvent amount was less than 0.5% by mass with a transport tension of 100 N / m and a drying time of 15 minutes, to obtain a polyimide film having a dry film thickness of 62 ⁇ m. .
  • the obtained polyimide film was wound up to obtain an optical film 122.
  • optical films 123 and 124 were produced in the same manner as in the production of the optical film 122 except that the exemplified compound 37 was replaced with the compounds described in Table I.
  • the produced optical films 101 to 112 were prepared, and the surface thereof was subjected to corona discharge treatment.
  • the corona discharge treatment was performed at a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a line speed of 18 m / min.
  • a 3% aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA-117H manufactured by Kuraray) is used as an adhesive on the corona discharge-treated surface of the film, and the adhesive layer is coated with a bar coater so that the film thickness after curing is about 3 ⁇ m. Formed.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol-iodine polarizer was bonded to the obtained adhesive layer.
  • Konica Minolta KC4UE manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd. was bonded to produce a polarizing plate.
  • 3,4-Epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate 45 parts by mass Epolide GT-301 (Daicel's alicyclic epoxy resin) 40 parts by mass 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether 15 parts by mass Triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate 2.3 parts by mass 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene 0.1 parts by mass 1,4-diethoxynaphthalene 2.0 parts by mass
  • the produced optical films 113 to 124 were prepared, and the surface thereof was subjected to corona discharge treatment.
  • the corona discharge treatment was performed at a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a line speed of 18 m / min.
  • an adhesive layer was formed on the corona discharge-treated surface of the film by coating with a bar coater so that the film thickness after curing was about 3 ⁇ m as the ultraviolet curable adhesive.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol-iodine polarizer was bonded to the obtained adhesive layer.
  • Konica Minolta Konica Minolta KC4UE manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd. was bonded to the other surface of the polarizer to produce a polarizing plate.
  • UV light is irradiated from both sides of the bonded laminate using an ultraviolet irradiation device with a belt conveyor (the lamp uses a D bulb manufactured by Fusion UV Systems) so that the integrated light quantity becomes 750 mJ / cm 2. Then, the ultraviolet curable adhesive layer was cured.
  • liquid crystal display devices 101 to 124 corresponding to the optical films 101 to 124 were produced, and the following evaluations were performed. ⁇ Evaluation ⁇ ⁇ Haze> About each optical film immediately after preparation, haze value (%) was measured using the haze meter (NDH2000, Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.), and the following references
  • A 0.5 or less O: More than 0.5 and 1.5 or less ⁇ : Greater than 1.5 If it is more than 1.5, there is no practical problem.
  • the light absorption rate (%) at the absorption maximum peak wavelength in the light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the range of 580 to 620 nm was determined as follows.
  • Optical absorptance (%) of absorption maximum peak wavelength in light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or 580 to 620 nm 100 ⁇ ⁇ (Spectral transmittance of absorption maximum peak wavelength in light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or 580 to 620 nm) ⁇ (Spectrum of absorption maximum peak wavelength in range of light wavelength of 480 to 520 nm or 580 to 620 nm) Reflectance) ⁇ Spectral transmittance and spectral reflectance were measured using an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer V-670 manufactured by JASCO Corporation and evaluated according to the following criteria.
  • A 80% or more B: 20% or more and 80% or less B: Less than 20% B
  • the optical film After setting the temperature inside the temperature-controlled room to be 23 ° C. and 55% RH so that the temperature of the optical film as the measurement object is 23 ° C., the optical film is left in the temperature-controlled room for 3 hours to be in an equilibrium state, The above measurements were made.
  • the liquid crystal display device after storage for 500 hours before storage (temperature 23 ° C., humidity 55% RH) and in a high temperature and high humidity environment (temperature 60 ° C., humidity 90% RH) is 2
  • the chromaticity in the CIE1931 color system when white is displayed at a viewing angle of 1000 cd / m2 is measured using a spectral radiance meter CS-1000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.), before and after storage.
  • the chromaticity change amounts ⁇ x and ⁇ y in the chromaticity space were obtained and evaluated according to the following criteria.
  • ⁇ : ⁇ x and ⁇ y are 0.03 or less ⁇ : ⁇ x and ⁇ y are more than 0.03 and 0.05 or less ⁇ : ⁇ x and ⁇ y are larger than 0.05 ⁇ If it is more than ⁇ , there is no practical problem. .
  • ⁇ : ⁇ x and ⁇ y are 0.03 or less ⁇ : ⁇ x and ⁇ y are more than 0.03 and 0.05 or less ⁇ : ⁇ x and ⁇ y are larger than 0.05 ⁇ If it is more than ⁇ , there is no practical problem. .
  • an optical film using the resin according to the present invention and a compound having a structure represented by general formula (A) or general formula (1) to general formula (3) is an optical film using a comparative compound.
  • bleed-out is suppressed, the color is not transparent, the color unevenness is small, and the color reproducibility (color shift) in the oblique direction is excellent.
  • the optical film of the present invention is an optical film containing a compound that absorbs light of a specific wavelength, and even when placed in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, the bleed-out of the compound is suppressed, and it is transparent and small in color unevenness. And since it is excellent also in the color reproducibility (color shift) of an oblique direction, it is utilized suitably for a polarizing plate and a display apparatus.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention addresses the problem of providing: an optical film containing a compound for absorbing light having a specific wavelength, bleed-out of the compound being suppressed in the optical film even when the optical film is placed in a high-temperature high-humidity environment, and the optical film being transparent and having minimal unevenness of color as well as excellent color reproduction properties (color shift) in an oblique direction; a method for manufacturing the optical film; and a polarizing plate and a display device provided with the optical film. This optical film is characterized by containing a resin, the solubility of which in dichloromethane at 23°C is in the range of 5-50% by mass, and a compound having a structure represented by general formula (A).

Description

光学フィルム、その製造方法、それを具備した偏光板及び表示装置Optical film, manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate and display device provided with the same

 本発明は、光学フィルム、その製造方法、それを具備した偏光板及び表示装置に関し、より詳細には、特定の波長の光を吸収する化合物を含有する光学フィルムであって、高温高湿環境下に置かれても当該化合物のブリードアウトが抑制されて透明で色ムラが小さく、かつ、斜め方向の色再現性(カラーシフト)にも優れる光学フィルム等に関する。 The present invention relates to an optical film, a method for producing the same, a polarizing plate and a display device provided with the optical film, and more specifically, an optical film containing a compound that absorbs light of a specific wavelength, in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment. The present invention relates to an optical film or the like that suppresses the bleed-out of the compound even if it is placed, is transparent, has little color unevenness, and is excellent in oblique color reproducibility (color shift).

 ディスプレイの高精細化、高色域化に対する市場要求は高まる一方であり、4K/8Kなどの次世代ディスプレイにおいて、広帯域の色再現性は非常に大きな課題となっている。 The market demand for high definition and high color gamut of displays is increasing, and broadband color reproducibility is a very big issue in next generation displays such as 4K / 8K.

 液晶ディスプレイ(LCD:liquid crystal display)において、バックライト光源として発光ダイオード(LED:light emitting diode)が用いられているが、LEDには固有の波長依存性があり、不要な発光波長によって、色純度が低下し広帯域での色再現が困難であった。 In a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) is used as a backlight light source, but the LED has an inherent wavelength dependency, and color purity depends on an unnecessary emission wavelength. As a result, color reproduction in a wide band was difficult.

 また、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(OLED:Organic Light Emitting Diode)ディスプレイにおいても、白色発光させる際、同様に通常のカラーフィルターではカットできない不要な波長光があり、広帯域での色再現性が困難であった。 Also, in organic electroluminescence (OLED: Organic Light Emitting Diode) displays, when emitting white light, there is unnecessary wavelength light that cannot be cut with a normal color filter, and color reproducibility in a wide band is difficult.

 色純度向上させる手段としては、例えば、特許文献1に、中間色の波長を吸収する色材(色素又は染料ともいう。)を、撮像素子の基板又は特定色材層として、バインダー樹脂に含ませた実施形態が開示されている。 As a means for improving color purity, for example, in Patent Document 1, a color material (also referred to as a pigment or a dye) that absorbs a wavelength of an intermediate color is included in a binder resin as a substrate or a specific color material layer of an image sensor. Embodiments are disclosed.

 しかし、特許文献1に記載の手法では、撮像素子の製造過程におけるリフロー加熱により色材が熱分解し、吸収波長が変化するといった問題がった。また、耐湿性が低く、高温高湿時に色材がブリードアウトするといった問題があった。 However, the method described in Patent Document 1 has a problem in that the color material is thermally decomposed by reflow heating in the manufacturing process of the image sensor, and the absorption wavelength changes. In addition, there is a problem that the color material bleeds out when the humidity resistance is low and the temperature and humidity are high.

 また、特許文献2には、基材上にシアニン色素等の色材を含有する透明樹脂層を形成する構成が開示されているが、特定波長光を20%以上カットしようとすると、透明樹脂層に前記色材を十分な量を添加する必要がある。しかしながら、十分な量を添加しようとするとブリードアウトしやすく、特に、当該透明樹脂層が粘着層等の流動性のある材料に接する構成の場合は、高温高湿環境下で前記色素が移動してしまい、さらにブリードアウトが促進されるという問題があった。 Further, Patent Document 2 discloses a configuration in which a transparent resin layer containing a colorant such as a cyanine dye is formed on a substrate. However, when a specific wavelength light is cut by 20% or more, the transparent resin layer is disclosed. It is necessary to add a sufficient amount of the coloring material. However, if a sufficient amount is added, bleeding out tends to occur. Particularly, in the case where the transparent resin layer is in contact with a fluid material such as an adhesive layer, the dye moves under a high temperature and high humidity environment. As a result, there is a problem that bleed-out is further promoted.

 わずかなブリードアウトでも、8Kなどの高画質ディスプレイではディスプレイに色ムラが生じ視認性に大きな影響が出てしまい、当該色ムラは、斜め方向の色再現性(カラーシフト)にも大きく影響する。 Even with a slight bleed out, high-quality displays such as 8K may cause color unevenness on the display and greatly affect visibility, and the color unevenness greatly affects the color reproducibility (color shift) in an oblique direction.

 また、ハードコート層等に前記色材を添加すると、ブリードアウトに付随して、耐傷性を劣化してしまうなどの問題があった。 Further, when the color material is added to the hard coat layer or the like, there is a problem that the scratch resistance is deteriorated accompanying the bleed-out.

特開2015-36796号公報JP 2015-36796 A 特許5331369号公報Japanese Patent No. 5331369

 本発明は、上記問題・状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、その解決課題は、特定の波長の光を吸収する化合物を含有する光学フィルムであって、高温高湿環境下におかれても当該化合物のブリードアウトが抑制されて透明で色ムラが小さく、かつ、斜め方向の色再現性(カラーシフト)にも優れる光学フィルム、その製造方法、それを具備した偏光板及び表示装置を提供することである。 The present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems and situations, and a solution to the problem is an optical film containing a compound that absorbs light of a specific wavelength, even in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment. Provided are an optical film that suppresses bleeding out of the compound, is transparent, has small color unevenness, and is excellent in color reproducibility (color shift) in an oblique direction, a manufacturing method thereof, a polarizing plate and a display device including the optical film. That is.

 本発明者は、上記課題を解決すべく、上記問題の原因等について検討する過程において、ジクロロメタンに対して特定の溶解度を有する樹脂と、特定の構造を有する化合物とを含有する光学フィルムによって、高温高湿環境下におかれても当該化合物のブリードアウトが抑制されて透明で色ムラが小さく、かつ、斜め方向の色再現性(カラーシフト)にも優れる光学フィルムが得られることを見出した。 In order to solve the above problems, the present inventor, in the process of examining the cause of the above problems, an optical film containing a resin having a specific solubility in dichloromethane and a compound having a specific structure has a high temperature. It has been found that even in a high humidity environment, bleeding of the compound is suppressed, an optical film that is transparent, has little color unevenness, and has excellent color reproducibility (color shift) in an oblique direction can be obtained.

 すなわち、本発明に係る上記課題は、以下の手段により解決される。 That is, the above-mentioned problem according to the present invention is solved by the following means.

 1.23℃でのジクロロメタンに対する溶解度が5~50質量%の範囲内である樹脂と、下記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物とを含有することを特徴とする光学フィルム。 An optical film comprising a resin having a solubility in dichloromethane of 5 to 50% by mass at 1.23 ° C. and a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (A).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

(式中、Rは、置換若しくは無置換の、炭素数3~20のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、又はアリール基を表す。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはハロゲン原子、置換若しくは無置換の、アルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。Zは、窒素原子と共に5又は6員環を形成するために必要な原子団であり、置換基を有していてもよく、縮環を形成してもよい。Yは、カルボニル基と共に5又は6員環を形成するために必要な原子団であり、置換基を有していてもよく、縮環を形成してもよい。nは1~2の整数を表す。mは1~4の整数であり、かつ、n以上の整数である。) (Wherein R 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, or aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. R 2 and R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. Represents an atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group, Z is an atomic group necessary for forming a 5- or 6-membered ring with a nitrogen atom, and may have a substituent; Y may form a condensed ring, and Y is an atomic group necessary for forming a 5- or 6-membered ring together with a carbonyl group, may have a substituent, or may form a condensed ring. (N represents an integer of 1 to 2. m is an integer of 1 to 4 and is an integer of n or more.)

 2.前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物が、下記一般式(1)~一般式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物であることを特徴とする第1項に記載の光学フィルム。 2. 2. The optical system according to item 1, wherein the compound having a structure represented by the general formula (A) is a compound having a structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (1) to (3): the film.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

(式中、R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはハロゲン原子、置換若しくは無置換の、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アシル基、アリール基、複素環、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、アルコキシ基、アミド基、アミノ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基又はスルホン酸基を表す。RとR、RとR、又はRとRは互いに結合し環を形成してもよく、形成した環は置換基を有してもよい。Rは、置換若しくは無置換の、炭素数3~20のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基又はアリール基を表す。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはハロゲン原子、置換若しくは無置換の、アルキル基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。Xは,O、NR、S、又はCR10を表す。R~R10は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基又はアリール基を表す。Aは、下記構造式(A1-1)~(A1-10)から選択される。) (Wherein R 1 to R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, acyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic ring, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group) A group, an alkoxy group, an amide group, an amino group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group or a sulfonic acid group, R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , or R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other. The ring formed may have a substituent, and R 5 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group or aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. It represents .R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, .X to represent a substituted or unsubstituted, alkyl group or alkoxycarbonyl group, O, N 8, S, or .R 8 ~ R 10 representing a CR 9 R 10 are independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted, alkyl group, alkenyl group, .A 1 alkynyl group or to an aryl group, (Selected from the following structural formulas (A1-1) to (A1-10))

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

(式中、R11~R16は、一般式(1)のR~Rで表される基と同義である。X及びXは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。波線部で一般式(1)に連結される。) (Wherein R 11 to R 16 have the same meanings as the groups represented by R 1 to R 4 in formula (1). X 1 and X 2 each independently represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. (Connected to the general formula (1) at the wavy line)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

(式中、R~R、及びR~R11は、一般式(1)中のR~Rと同義である。RとR、RとR、RとR4、とR、RとR10、又はR10とR11は互いに結合し環を形成してもよく、形成した環は置換基を有してもよい。R及びR12は、一般式(1)中のRと同義である。R、R、R13、及びR14は、一般式(1)中のR及びRと同義である。 (In the formula, R 1 to R 4 and R 8 to R 11 are synonymous with R 1 to R 4 in the general formula (1). R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , R 3 and R 4, R 8 and R 9, R 9 and R 10, or R 10 and R 11 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, the formed ring may have a substituent .R 5 and R 12 is synonymous with R 5 in general formula (1) R 6 , R 7 , R 13 , and R 14 are synonymous with R 6 and R 7 in general formula (1).

 Xは、O、NR15、S、又はCR1617を表す。R15~R17は、一般式(1)中のR~R10と同義である。 X represents O, NR 15 , S, or CR 16 R 17 . R 15 to R 17 have the same meanings as R 8 to R 10 in the general formula (1).

 Bは下記構造式(B1-1)~(B1-5)から選択される。) B 1 is selected from the following structural formulas (B1-1) to (B1-5). )

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

(式中、R18及びR19は、一般式(1)のR~Rで表される基と同義である。波線部で一般式(2)に連結される。) (In the formula, R 18 and R 19 are synonymous with the groups represented by R 1 to R 4 in the general formula (1). They are connected to the general formula (2) at the wavy line part.)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

(式中、R~Rは、一般式(1)中のR~Rと同義である。RとR、又はRとRは互いに結合し環を形成してもよく、形成した環は置換基を有してもよい。Rは、一般式(1)中のRと同義である。R及びRは、一般式(1)中のR及びRと同義である。Aは、一般式(1)のAと同義である。) (Wherein, R 1 ~ R 4 have the same meanings as in formula (1) R 1 ~ R 4 in .R 1 and R 2, or R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring well, the formed ring may have a substituent .R 5 have the same meaning as R 5 in the general formula (1) .R 6 and R 7, the general formula (1) R 6 and in the same meaning as R 7 .A 1 has the same meaning as a 1 in formula (1).)

 3.前記一般式(1)及び一般式(3)において、Aが式(A1-6)で表される構造を有することを特徴とする第1項又は第2項に記載の光学フィルム。 3. 3. The optical film as described in Item 1 or 2, wherein in General Formula (1) and General Formula (3), A 1 has a structure represented by Formula (A1-6).

 4.前記一般式(2)において、Bが式(B1-4)で表される構造を有することを特徴とする第1項又は第2項に記載の光学フィルム。 4). 3. The optical film according to item 1 or 2, wherein in the general formula (2), B 1 has a structure represented by the formula (B1-4).

 5.前記一般式(1)及び一般式(3)において、Rが炭素数4~16の分岐アルキル基を表すことを特徴とする第1項から第3項までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルム。 5). The optical system according to any one of items 1 to 3, wherein, in the general formula (1) and the general formula (3), R 5 represents a branched alkyl group having 4 to 16 carbon atoms. the film.

 6.前記一般式(2)において、R及びR12が炭素数4~16の分岐アルキル基を表すことを特徴とする第1項、第2項、又は第4項のいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルム。 6). In the general formula (2), R 5 and R 12 each represent a branched alkyl group having 4 to 16 carbon atoms, according to any one of the first, second, and fourth items, Optical film.

 7.前記一般式(1)~一般式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物が、分光吸収スペクトルにおいて、波長480~520nmの範囲内、又は波長580~620nmの範囲内に吸収極大ピークを有することを特徴とする第1項から第6項までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルム。 7. The compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1) to the general formula (3) has an absorption maximum peak in the wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the wavelength range of 580 to 620 nm in the spectral absorption spectrum. The optical film as described in any one of 1st term | claim to 6th term | claim characterized by these.

 8.ヘイズが、0.05~1.50%の範囲内であることを特徴とする第1項から第7項までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルム。 8. Item 8. The optical film according to any one of Items 1 to 7, wherein the haze is in the range of 0.05 to 1.50%.

 9.第1項から第8項までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムを製造する光学フィルムの製造方法であって、当該光学フィルムを溶液流延製膜法によって製造することを特徴とする光学フィルムの製造方法。 9. An optical film manufacturing method for manufacturing the optical film according to any one of items 1 to 8, wherein the optical film is manufactured by a solution casting film forming method. Manufacturing method.

 10.第1項から第8項までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムを偏光板保護フィルムとして具備することを特徴とする偏光板。 10. A polarizing plate comprising the optical film according to any one of items 1 to 8 as a polarizing plate protective film.

 11.第1項から第8項までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムを具備することを特徴とする表示装置。 11. A display device comprising the optical film according to any one of items 1 to 8.

 本発明の上記手段により、特定の波長の光を吸収する化合物を含有する光学フィルムであって、高温高湿環境下におかれても当該化合物のブリードアウトが抑制されて透明で色ムラが小さく、かつ、斜め方向の色再現性(カラーシフト)にも優れる光学フィルム、その製造方法、それを具備した偏光板及び表示装置を提供することができる。 By the above means of the present invention, an optical film containing a compound that absorbs light of a specific wavelength, the bleed-out of the compound is suppressed even in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, and it is transparent and small in color unevenness. And the optical film which is excellent also in the color reproducibility (color shift) of a diagonal direction, its manufacturing method, a polarizing plate provided with the same, and a display apparatus can be provided.

 本発明の効果の発現機構又は作用機構については、明確にはなっていないが、以下のように推察している。 The expression mechanism or action mechanism of the effect of the present invention is not clear, but is presumed as follows.

 本発明者の検討において、23℃でのジクロロメタンに対する溶解度が5~50質量%の範囲内である樹脂(例えば、セルロースエステル樹脂、アクリル樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、及びポリイミド樹脂など)と、本発明に係る前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物とを含有する光学フィルムは、高温高湿環境下においても当該化合物のブリードアウトが極めて抑制されることを見出した。これは、溶媒溶解中の前記樹脂のネットワーク鎖の隙間に、当該化合物がきっちり納まる構造であることによるものと推察される。 In the study of the present inventors, a resin having a solubility in dichloromethane at 23 ° C. in the range of 5 to 50% by mass (for example, cellulose ester resin, acrylic resin, cyclic olefin resin, polycarbonate resin, and polyimide resin); The optical film containing the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention has been found to have extremely suppressed bleeding out of the compound even in a high temperature and high humidity environment. This is presumed to be due to the structure in which the compound fits exactly in the gap between the network chains of the resin during dissolution of the solvent.

 さらに、ジクロロメタンのような極性が大きい溶媒では、溶媒含有中の前記樹脂において、極性溶媒側に樹脂の極性基が向き、当該極性基と、前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物のC=Oの結合基との間に相互作用が生じ、そのままフィルムとして成型されるため、樹脂と当該化合物との相互作用が強く、ブリードアウトしにくいものと推察される。 Further, in a solvent having a high polarity such as dichloromethane, in the resin containing the solvent, a compound having a structure in which the polar group of the resin faces the polar solvent side and the polar group is represented by the general formula (A) It is inferred that the interaction between the C═O bonding group and the compound is formed into a film as it is, so that the interaction between the resin and the compound is strong and bleed-out is difficult.

 また、通常二種の化合物を含有する系はブリードアウトが顕著になりやすいが、本発明の構成のように吸収極大ピークの異なる二種の化合物を含有させる際に、前記一般式(A)で表されるジメチン骨格部分が介在することにより、もう一種の化合物の樹脂との相溶性が大幅に向上し、互いにブリードアウトせず、高透明なフィルムを作製することが可能となるものと推察される。 In addition, the bleed-out tends to be noticeable in a system that usually contains two kinds of compounds, but when two kinds of compounds having different absorption maximum peaks are contained as in the structure of the present invention, the general formula (A) By interposing the dimethine skeleton represented, it is speculated that the compatibility of another type of compound with the resin is greatly improved, and it becomes possible to produce a highly transparent film without bleeding out from each other. The

 さらに、膜厚が20~250μmの範囲の光学フィルムに前記化合物を含有させることで、前述の透明樹脂層やハードコート層などの薄い層内に含有させることよりも、光路長が長くなり、色味の角度依存性が緩和されるため、当該光学フィルムを具備することで、斜め方向の色再現性(カラーシフト)が良好な表示装置(ディスプレイともいう。)を作製することが可能となるものと推察される。 Further, by adding the compound to an optical film having a film thickness in the range of 20 to 250 μm, the optical path length becomes longer than when the compound is contained in a thin layer such as the transparent resin layer or the hard coat layer described above. Since the angle dependency of taste is relaxed, a display device (also referred to as a display) with favorable color reproducibility (color shift) in an oblique direction can be manufactured by providing the optical film. It is guessed.

本発明に好ましい溶液流延製膜方法のドープ調製工程、流延工程、乾燥工程及び延伸工程に用いる装置の一例の模式図Schematic diagram of an example of an apparatus used for the dope preparation step, casting step, drying step and stretching step of the preferred solution casting method for the present invention

 本発明の光学フィルムは、23℃でのジクロロメタンに対する溶解度が5~50質量%の範囲内である樹脂と、前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物とを含有することを特徴とする。この特徴は、各請求項に係る発明に共通する又は対応する技術的特徴である。 The optical film of the present invention comprises a resin having a solubility in dichloromethane of 5 to 50% by mass at 23 ° C. and a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (A). To do. This feature is a technical feature common to or corresponding to the claimed invention.

 前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物が、前記一般式(1)、前記一般式(2)又は前記一般式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物であることが、特定波長の光吸収能とブリードアウトの抑制の観点から、好ましい実施態様である。 It is specified that the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (1), the general formula (2), or the general formula (3). This is a preferred embodiment from the viewpoint of the light absorption ability of the wavelength and the suppression of bleed out.

 前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物が、当該化合物の分光吸収スペクトルにおいて、波長480~520nmの範囲内、又は波長580~620nmの範囲内に吸収極大ピークを有することによって、表示装置に用いた場合に、広帯域の色再現性を向上する光学フィルムとなり、好ましい。 When the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) has an absorption maximum peak in the wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the wavelength range of 580 to 620 nm in the spectral absorption spectrum of the compound, display is performed. When used in an apparatus, it is an optical film that improves broadband color reproducibility, which is preferable.

 本発明の実施態様としては、本発明の効果発現の観点から、光学フィルムのヘイズが0.05~1.50%の範囲内であることが、偏光板保護フィルムや表示装置に用いる場合に、好ましい。 As an embodiment of the present invention, from the viewpoint of expression of the effect of the present invention, the haze of the optical film is in the range of 0.05 to 1.50%, when used for a polarizing plate protective film and a display device, preferable.

 本発明の光学フィルムは、溶液流延製膜法によって製造することが、比較的低温で光学フィルムを製膜することが可能であることから、前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物の分解を抑制でき、好ましい製造方法である。 The optical film of the present invention has a structure represented by the general formula (A) because it can be manufactured by a solution casting film forming method, and an optical film can be formed at a relatively low temperature. This is a preferable production method because the decomposition of the compound can be suppressed.

 本発明の光学フィルムは、偏光板や表示装置に具備されることにより、広帯域の色再現性を向上し、さらに斜め方向の色再現性(カラーシフト)も良好にすることができる。 The optical film of the present invention is provided in a polarizing plate or a display device, thereby improving broadband color reproducibility and further improving oblique color reproducibility (color shift).

 以下、本発明とその構成要素、及び本発明を実施するための形態・態様について詳細な説明をする。なお、本願において、「~」は、その前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用する。 Hereinafter, the present invention, its components, and modes and modes for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail. In the present application, “˜” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.

 ≪本発明の光学フィルムの概要≫
 本発明の光学フィルムは、23℃でのジクロロメタンに対する溶解度が5~50質量%の範囲内である樹脂と、下記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物とを含有することを特徴とする。
<< Outline of Optical Film of the Present Invention >>
The optical film of the present invention comprises a resin having a solubility in dichloromethane at 23 ° C. in the range of 5 to 50% by mass and a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (A): To do.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(式中、Rは、置換若しくは無置換の、炭素数3~20のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、又はアリール基を表す。R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはハロゲン原子、置換若しくは無置換の、アルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。Zは、窒素原子と共に5又は6員環を形成するために必要な原子団であり、置換基を有していてもよく、縮環を形成してもよい。Yは、カルボニル基と共に5又は6員環を形成するために必要な原子団であり、置換基を有していてもよく、縮環を形成してもよい。nは1~2の整数を表す。mは1~4の整数であり、かつ、n以上の整数である。)
 本発明に係る樹脂は、23℃でのジクロロメタンに対する溶解度が5~50質量%の範囲内であることを特徴とするものであるが、以下の方法によって溶解度を測定する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(In the formula, R 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, or aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. R 2 and R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. Represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkoxycarbonyl group, Z is an atomic group necessary for forming a 5- or 6-membered ring with a nitrogen atom, and may have a substituent; Y may form a condensed ring, Y is an atomic group necessary for forming a 5- or 6-membered ring together with a carbonyl group, may have a substituent, and may form a condensed ring. N represents an integer of 1 to 2. m is an integer of 1 to 4 and is an integer of n or more.)
The resin according to the present invention is characterized in that the solubility in dichloromethane at 23 ° C. is in the range of 5 to 50% by mass, and the solubility is measured by the following method.

 液温を23℃に調整したジクロロメタン100gに対して、液を撹拌しながら樹脂を溶解させ、溶解できる上限量(g)を測定して、以下の式から溶解度を求める。 The resin is dissolved in 100 g of dichloromethane whose liquid temperature is adjusted to 23 ° C. while stirring the liquid, the upper limit amount (g) that can be dissolved is measured, and the solubility is obtained from the following equation.

 溶解度(%)={樹脂の溶解できる上限量(g)/ジクロロメタン100g}×100
 光学フィルムの厚さは、用途に応じて、適宜、適当な厚さを選定することが好ましい。厚さの上限は、特に限定されるものではないが、溶液流延製膜法でフィルム化する場合は、塗布性、発泡、溶媒乾燥及び物性などの観点から、上限は250μm程度であることが好ましい。
Solubility (%) = {the upper limit amount (g) in which resin can be dissolved / 100 g of dichloromethane} × 100
As for the thickness of the optical film, it is preferable to select an appropriate thickness according to the application. The upper limit of the thickness is not particularly limited, but in the case of forming a film by a solution casting film forming method, the upper limit may be about 250 μm from the viewpoints of applicability, foaming, solvent drying and physical properties. preferable.

 本発明の光学フィルムのヘイズは、0.05~1.5%の範囲内であることが、汎用の光学フィルムとして用いることができ、偏光板保護フィルムや表示装置に用いる場合に、不要な光散乱などを抑制する観点からも、好ましい。 The haze of the optical film of the present invention is in the range of 0.05 to 1.5%, and can be used as a general-purpose optical film. Unnecessary light when used in a polarizing plate protective film or a display device. It is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing scattering.

 ヘイズは、JIS K-7136に準拠して、ヘイズメーターNDH-2000(日本電色工業株式会社製)にて測定することができる。ヘイズメーターの光源は、5V9Wのハロゲン球とし、受光部は、シリコンフォトセル(比視感度フィルター付き)とし、測定は、23℃・55%RHの条件下にて行うことができる。 The haze can be measured with a haze meter NDH-2000 (manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.) in accordance with JIS K-7136. The light source of the haze meter is a halogen bulb of 5V9W, the light receiving part is a silicon photocell (with a relative visibility filter), and the measurement can be performed under conditions of 23 ° C. and 55% RH.

 [1]一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物
 本発明の光学フィルムは、前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物を含有することを特徴とする。
[1] Compound having structure represented by general formula (A) The optical film of the present invention contains a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (A).

 Rとして具体的には、アルキル基としては、例えば、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、sec-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、シクロペンチル基、ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基等が挙げられ、アルケニル基としては、例えば、アリル基等が挙げられ、アルキニル基としては、例えば、プロピニル基等が挙げられる。アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基等が挙げられる。好ましくは、炭素数3~20のアルキル基、より好ましくは炭素数4~16の分岐アルキル基である。炭素数が前述の範囲にある場合、溶剤溶解性に優れることに加え、ヘイズを低下させる効果が期待される。 Specific examples of R 1 include alkyl groups such as propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, sec-pentyl, and isopentyl. Group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, cyclopentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group and the like. Examples of the alkenyl group include an allyl group, and an alkynyl group. As, for example, propynyl group and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group. An alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a branched alkyl group having 4 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable. When the carbon number is in the above-described range, in addition to excellent solvent solubility, an effect of reducing haze is expected.

 R及びRとして具体的には、アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、sec-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、シクロペンチル基、ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基等を表し、ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられ、アルコキシカルボニル基としては、例えば、メチルオキシカルボニル基、エチルオキシカルボニル基、ブチルオキシカルボニル基等が挙げられる。好ましくは、水素原子である。 Specific examples of R 2 and R 3 include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n- Represents a pentyl group, sec-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, cyclopentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group, etc. An atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned, As an alkoxycarbonyl group, a methyloxycarbonyl group, an ethyloxycarbonyl group, a butyloxycarbonyl group etc. are mentioned, for example. Preferably, it is a hydrogen atom.

 前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物の分子量は、溶媒溶解中の前記樹脂のネットワーク鎖の隙間に、当該化合物がきっちり納まるように、100~1000の範囲内であることが好ましく、300~800の範囲内であることがより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is preferably in the range of 100 to 1000 so that the compound fits in the gap between the network chains of the resin during dissolution of the solvent. More preferably, it is within the range of 300 to 800.

 色再現性を向上させる観点から、前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物は、光波長480~520nmの範囲又は580~620nmの範囲に吸収極大ピークを有する化合物であることが好ましい。当該吸収極大ピークの半値幅は、100nm以下であることが好ましく、50nm以下であることがより好ましく、40nm以下であることがより好ましく、30nm以下であることが特に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of improving color reproducibility, the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is preferably a compound having an absorption maximum peak in the light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the range of 580 to 620 nm. . The full width at half maximum of the absorption maximum peak is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 50 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and particularly preferably 30 nm or less.

 前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物が、光波長480~520nmの範囲又は580~620nmの範囲に吸収極大ピークを有する化合物であることは、当該化合物を適宜溶媒(例えばジクロロメタン、トルエン、アセトンなど)等に溶解し常法により分光光度計により測定できる。例えば、島津製作所社製の分光光度計UVIDFC-610、日立製作所社製の330型自記分光光度計、U-3210型自記分光光度計、U-3410型自記分光光度計、U-4000型自記分光光度計等を用いて測定することにより求めることができる。 The compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is a compound having an absorption maximum peak in the light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the range of 580 to 620 nm. And can be measured with a spectrophotometer by a conventional method. For example, Shimadzu spectrophotometer UVIDFC-610, Hitachi Ltd. 330 type self-recording spectrophotometer, U-3210 type self-recording spectrophotometer, U-3410 type self-recording spectrophotometer, U-4000 type self-recording spectrophotometer It can obtain | require by measuring using a photometer etc.

 本発明の光学フィルムは、前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物が、当該化合物の分光吸収スペクトルにおいて、波長480~520nmの範囲内又は波長580~620nmの範囲内に吸収極大ピークを有し、23℃において当該吸収極大ピーク波長における光吸収率が、20~99%の範囲内であることが好ましい。 In the optical film of the present invention, the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) has an absorption maximum peak in the wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the wavelength range of 580 to 620 nm in the spectral absorption spectrum of the compound. It is preferable that the optical absorptance at the absorption maximum peak wavelength at 23 ° C. is in the range of 20 to 99%.

 また、本発明の光学フィルムは、分光吸収スペクトルにおいて、波長480~520nmの範囲内に吸収極大ピークを有する化合物と、波長580~620nmの範囲内に吸収極大ピークを有する化合物とを含有し、当該化合物の少なくとも一種が前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物であり、23℃において当該吸収極大ピーク波長における光吸収率が、20~99%の範囲内であることが好ましい。 The optical film of the present invention contains, in the spectral absorption spectrum, a compound having an absorption maximum peak in a wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm and a compound having an absorption maximum peak in a wavelength range of 580 to 620 nm. It is preferable that at least one of the compounds is a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (A), and the light absorption rate at the absorption maximum peak wavelength at 23 ° C. is in the range of 20 to 99%.

 光波長480~520nmの範囲又は580~620nmの範囲における前記吸収極大ピーク波長の光吸収率(%)は、以下のようにして求めることができる。 The light absorption rate (%) of the absorption maximum peak wavelength in the light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the range of 580 to 620 nm can be determined as follows.

 光波長480~520nmの範囲又は580~620nmの範囲における吸収極大ピーク波長の光吸収率(%)
=100-{(光波長480~520nmの範囲又は580~620nmの範囲における吸収極大ピーク波長の分光透過率)-(光波長480~520nmの範囲又は580~620nmの範囲における吸収極大ピーク波長の分光反射率)}
 分光透過率及び分光反射率は、分光光度計を用いて測定することができる。本発明においては、日本分光社製紫外可視近赤外分光光度計V-670を用いて測定する。
Optical absorptance (%) of absorption maximum peak wavelength in light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or 580 to 620 nm
= 100 − {(Spectral transmittance of absorption maximum peak wavelength in light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or 580 to 620 nm) − (Spectrum of absorption maximum peak wavelength in range of light wavelength of 480 to 520 nm or 580 to 620 nm) Reflectance)}
Spectral transmittance and spectral reflectance can be measured using a spectrophotometer. In the present invention, the measurement is performed using an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer V-670 manufactured by JASCO Corporation.

 また、具体的には、測定対象物である光学フィルムの温度が23℃となるように、恒温室内を23℃、55%RHとなるように設定し、恒温室内に光学フィルムを3時間放置して平衡状態にした後に、上記の測定を行う。 Specifically, the temperature inside the temperature-controlled room is set to 23 ° C. and 55% RH so that the temperature of the optical film as the measurement object is 23 ° C., and the optical film is left in the temperature-controlled room for 3 hours. The above measurement is performed after equilibration.

 前記光吸収率を、20~99%の範囲内とするための手段としては、例えば、前記化合物の添加量を調整することによって制御することができる。添加量は、当該化合物の吸収係数によって異なるが、おおよそ前記樹脂100質量部に対して、当該化合物0.01~1質量部の範囲、より好ましくは、0.1~1質量部の範囲内である。 The means for setting the light absorption rate within the range of 20 to 99% can be controlled, for example, by adjusting the addition amount of the compound. The amount of addition varies depending on the absorption coefficient of the compound, but is approximately in the range of 0.01 to 1 part by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. is there.

 当該化合物のモル吸光係数が大きいほど、添加量が少なくても、前記光吸収率を前記範囲内に制御することができるので、好ましい。 The larger the molar extinction coefficient of the compound, the more preferable the light absorptivity can be controlled within the above range even if the addition amount is small.

 さらに、前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物が、下記一般式(1)~一般式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物であることが、好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (1) to general formula (3).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

(式中、R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはハロゲン原子、置換若しくは無置換の、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アシル基、アリール基、複素環、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、アルコキシ基、アミド基、アミノ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基又はスルホン酸基を表す。RとR、RとR、又はRとRは互いに結合し環を形成してもよく、形成した環は置換基を有してもよい。Rは、置換若しくは無置換の、炭素数3~20のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基又はアリール基を表す。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはハロゲン原子、置換若しくは無置換の、アルキル基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。Xは,O、NR、S、又はCR10を表す。R~R10は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基又はアリール基を表す。) (Wherein R 1 to R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, acyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic ring, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group) A group, an alkoxy group, an amide group, an amino group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group or a sulfonic acid group, R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , or R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other. The ring formed may have a substituent, and R 5 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group or aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. It represents .R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, .X to represent a substituted or unsubstituted, alkyl group or alkoxycarbonyl group, O, N 8, S, or .R 8 ~ R 10 representing a CR 9 R 10 represent each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group or an aryl group.)

 R~Rとして具体的には、ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられ、アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、sec-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、シクロペンチル基、ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基等が挙げられ、アルケニル基としては、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基等が挙げられ、アルキニル基としては、例えば、エチニル基、プロピニル基等が挙げられ、アシル基としては、例えば、アセチル基、エチルカルボニル基、プロピルカルボニル基、ペンチルカルボニル基、シクロヘキシルカルボニル基、オクチルカルボニル基、2-エチルヘキシルカルボニル基、ドデシルカルボニル基、フェニルカルボニル基、ナフチルカルボニル基、ピリジルカルボニル基等が挙げられ、アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、メシチル基、キシリル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基等が挙げられ、複素環基としては、例えば、ピリジン環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、チアゾール環、オキサゾール環、キノリン環、ベンゾチアゾール環、ベンゾオキサゾール環、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環等が挙げられ、アルコキシ基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロピルオキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、ヘキシルオキシ基、オクチルオキシ基、ドデシルオキシ基等が挙げられ、アルコキシカルボニル基としては、例えば、メチルオキシカルボニル基、エチルオキシカルボニル基、ブチルオキシカルボニル基等が挙げられ、カルバモイル基としては、例えば、アミノカルボニル基、メチルアミノカルボニル基、ジメチルアミノカルボニル基、エチルアミノカルボニル基、ジエチルアミノカルボニル基等が挙げられ、アミド基としては、例えば、メチルカルボニルアミノ基、エチルカルボニルアミノ基、ジメチルカルボニルアミノ基、プロピルカルボニルアミノ基、ペンチルカルボニルアミノ基、シクロヘキシルカルボニルアミノ基、2-エチルヘキシルカルボニルアミノ基、フェニルカルボニルアミノ基、ナフチルカルボニルアミノ基等が挙げられ、アミノ基としては、例えば、アミノ基、エチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ブチルアミノ基、シクロペンチルアミノ基、2-エチルヘキシルアミノ基、ドデシルアミノ基、アニリノ基、ナフチルアミノ基、2-ピリジルアミノ基等が挙げられる。好ましくは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アシル基、アリール基、シアノ基であり、更に好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基である。 Specific examples of R 1 to R 4 include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, Isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, sec-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, cyclopentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group , 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group and the like. Examples of the alkenyl group include vinyl group and allyl group. Examples of the alkynyl group include ethynyl group and propynyl group. Acyl groups include, for example, acetyl, ethylcarbonyl, propylcarbonyl, pe Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and the like. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and the like. , A mesityl group, a xylyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, and the like. Examples include an oxazole ring, a quinoline ring, a benzothiazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, a thiophene ring, a furan ring, and a pyrrole ring. Examples include an oxy group, an octyloxy group, a dodecyloxy group, and the like. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include a methyloxycarbonyl group, an ethyloxycarbonyl group, and a butyloxycarbonyl group. Examples of the carbamoyl group include an amino group. Examples include carbonyl group, methylaminocarbonyl group, dimethylaminocarbonyl group, ethylaminocarbonyl group, diethylaminocarbonyl group and the like. Examples of the amide group include methylcarbonylamino group, ethylcarbonylamino group, dimethylcarbonylamino group, propylcarbonyl group, and the like. Examples include amino group, pentylcarbonylamino group, cyclohexylcarbonylamino group, 2-ethylhexylcarbonylamino group, phenylcarbonylamino group, naphthylcarbonylamino group, and the like. Examples of the group include amino group, ethylamino group, dimethylamino group, butylamino group, cyclopentylamino group, 2-ethylhexylamino group, dodecylamino group, anilino group, naphthylamino group, 2-pyridylamino group and the like. It is done. Preferred are a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an acyl group, an aryl group, and a cyano group, and more preferred are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, and an aryl group.

 Rとして具体的には、アルキル基としては、例えば、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、sec-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、シクロペンチル基、ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基等が挙げられ、アルケニル基としては、例えば、アリル基等が挙げられ、アルキニル基としては、例えば、プロピニル基等が挙げられる。アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基等が挙げられる。好ましくは、炭素数3~20のアルキル基、より好ましくは炭素数4~16の分岐アルキル基である。炭素数が前述の範囲にある場合、溶剤溶解性に優れることに加え、ヘイズを低下させる効果が期待される。 Specific examples of R 5 include alkyl groups such as propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, sec-pentyl, and isopentyl. Group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, cyclopentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group and the like. Examples of the alkenyl group include an allyl group, and an alkynyl group. As, for example, propynyl group and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group. An alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a branched alkyl group having 4 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable. When the carbon number is in the above-described range, in addition to excellent solvent solubility, an effect of reducing haze is expected.

 Xは、O、NR、S、又はCR10を表す。色再現性の観点から、好ましくは、NR、O、Sである。更に好ましくは、Sである。R~R10は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基を表す。 X represents O, NR 8 , S, or CR 9 R 10 . From the viewpoint of color reproducibility, NR 8 , O, and S are preferable. More preferably, it is S. R 8 to R 10 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group.

 R及びRとして具体的には、アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、sec-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、シクロペンチル基、ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基等を表し、ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられ、アルコキシカルボニル基としては、例えば、メチルオキシカルボニル基、エチルオキシカルボニル基、ブチルオキシカルボニル基等が挙げられる。好ましくは、水素原子である。 Specific examples of R 6 and R 7 include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n- Represents a pentyl group, sec-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, cyclopentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group, etc. An atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned, As an alkoxycarbonyl group, a methyloxycarbonyl group, an ethyloxycarbonyl group, a butyloxycarbonyl group etc. are mentioned, for example. Preferably, it is a hydrogen atom.

 R~R10として具体的には、アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、sec-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、シクロペンチル基、ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基等が挙げられ、アルケニル基としては、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基等が挙げられ、アルキニル基としては、例えば、エチニル基、プロピニル基等が挙げられ、アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、メシチル基、キシリル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基等が挙げられ好ましくは、アルキル基である。 Specific examples of R 8 to R 10 include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n- Examples include pentyl group, sec-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, cyclopentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group, etc. Examples of the alkenyl group include Examples of the alkynyl group include an ethynyl group and a propynyl group. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a mesityl group, a xylyl group, a naphthyl group, and a biphenyl group. Group, a terphenyl group, etc. are mentioned, Preferably it is an alkyl group.

 Aは、下記構造式(A1-1)~(A1-10)から選択される。 A 1 is selected from the following structural formulas (A1-1) to (A1-10).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

(式中、R11~R16は、一般式(1)のR~Rで表される基と同義である。X及びXは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。波線部で一般式(1)に連結される。) (Wherein R 11 to R 16 have the same meanings as the groups represented by R 1 to R 4 in formula (1). X 1 and X 2 each independently represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. (Connected to the general formula (1) at the wavy line)

 色再現性、ブリードアウト抑制の観点から、(A1-1)、(A1-2)、(A1-3)、(A1-4)、(A1-5)、(A1-6)が好ましい。特に(A1-6)が好ましい。 (A1-1), (A1-2), (A1-3), (A1-4), (A1-5), and (A1-6) are preferable from the viewpoint of color reproducibility and bleed-out suppression. Particularly preferred is (A1-6).

 また、前記一般式(A)表される構造を有する化合物が、下記一般式(2)で表される構造を有する化合物であることが、好ましい。 In addition, the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (2).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

(式中、R~R、及びR~R11は、一般式(1)中のR~Rと同義である。RとR、RとR、RとR4、とR、RとR10、又はR10とR11は互いに結合し環を形成してもよく、形成した環は置換基を有してもよい。R及びR12は、一般式(1)中のRと同義である。R、R、R13、及びR14は、一般式(1)中のR及びRと同義である。
 Xは、O、NR15、S、又はCR1617を表す。R15~R17は、一般式(1)中のR~R10と同義である。)
 色再現性の観点から、好ましくは、NR、O、又はSである。更に好ましくは、Sである。
(In the formula, R 1 to R 4 and R 8 to R 11 are synonymous with R 1 to R 4 in the general formula (1). R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , R 3 and R 4, R 8 and R 9, R 9 and R 10, or R 10 and R 11 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, the formed ring may have a substituent .R 5 and R 12 is synonymous with R 5 in general formula (1) R 6 , R 7 , R 13 , and R 14 are synonymous with R 6 and R 7 in general formula (1).
X represents O, NR 15 , S, or CR 16 R 17 . R 15 to R 17 have the same meanings as R 8 to R 10 in the general formula (1). )
From the viewpoint of color reproducibility, NR 8 , O, or S is preferable. More preferably, it is S.

 Bは下記構造式(B1-1)~(B1-5)から選択される。) B 1 is selected from the following structural formulas (B1-1) to (B1-5). )

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

(式中、R18及びR19は、一般式(1)のR~Rで表される基と同義である。波線部で一般式(2)に連結される。)
 色再現性、ブリードアウト抑制の観点から、Bは、(B1-4)が好ましい。
(In the formula, R 18 and R 19 are synonymous with the groups represented by R 1 to R 4 in the general formula (1). They are connected to the general formula (2) at the wavy line part.)
From the viewpoint of color reproducibility and suppression of bleed out, B 1 is preferably (B1-4).

 また、前記一般式(A)で表される化合物が、下記一般式(3)で表される化合物であることが、好ましい。 Moreover, it is preferable that the compound represented by the general formula (A) is a compound represented by the following general formula (3).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

(式中、R~Rは、一般式(1)中のR~Rと同義である。RとR、又はRとRは互いに結合し環を形成してもよく、形成した環は置換基を有してもよい。Rは、一般式(1)中のRと同義である。R及びRは、一般式(1)中のR及びRと同義である。Aは、一般式(1)のAと同義である。)
 上記一般式(A)及び一般式(1)~一般式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物における置換基の具体例は以下のとおりである。
(Wherein, R 1 ~ R 4 have the same meanings as in formula (1) R 1 ~ R 4 in .R 1 and R 2, or R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring well, the formed ring may have a substituent .R 5 have the same meaning as R 5 in the general formula (1) .R 6 and R 7, the general formula (1) R 6 and in the same meaning as R 7 .A 1 has the same meaning as a 1 in formula (1).)
Specific examples of the substituent in the compounds having the structures represented by the general formula (A) and the general formulas (1) to (3) are as follows.

 上記置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基等)、アルケニル基(例えば、ビニル基、2-プロペニル基、3-ブテニル基、1-メチル-3-プロペニル基、3-ペンテニル基、1-メチル-3-ブテニル基、4-ヘキセニル基、シクロヘキセニル基、スチリル基等)、シクロアルケニル基(例えば、2-シクロペンテン-1-イル、2-シクロヘキセン-1-イル基等)、アルキニル基(例えば、エチニル基、プロパルギル基等)、アシル基(例えば、アセチル基、ピバロイル基、ベンゾイル基等)、アリール基(例えば、フェニル基、p-クロロフェニル基、メシチル基、トリル基、キシリル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基、アズレニル基、アセナフテニル基、フルオレニル基、フェナントリル基、インデニル基、ピレニル基、ビフェニリル基等)、複素環基(例えば、2-ピロール基、2-フリル基、2-チエニル基、ピロール基、イミダゾリル基、オキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ベンゾイミダゾリル基、ベンゾオキサゾリル基、2-ベンゾチアゾリル基、ピラゾリノン基、ピリジル基、ピリジノン基、2-ピリミジニル基、トリアジン基、ピラゾール基、1,2,3-トリアゾール基、1,2,4-トリアゾール基、オキサゾール基、イソオキサゾール基、1,2,4-オキサジアゾール基、1,3,4-オキサジアゾール基、チアゾール基、イソチアゾール基、1,2,4-チオジアゾール基、1,3,4-チアジアゾール基等)、アルコキシカルボニル基(例えば、メチルオキシカルボニル基、エチルオキシカルボニル基、ブチルオキシカルボニル基、オクチルオキシカルボニル基、ドデシルオキシカルボニル基等)、カルバモイル基(例えば、例えば、アミノカルボニル基、メチルアミノカルボニル基、ジメチルアミノカルボニル基、ブチルアミノカルボニル基、シクロヘキシルアミノカルボニル基、フェニルアミノカルボニル基等)、及びアルコキシ基(例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基、n-オクチルオキシ基、2-メトキシエトキシ基等)が好ましい例として挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (eg, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), an alkyl group (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group). N-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, etc.), alkenyl group (for example, vinyl group, 2-propenyl group, 3-butenyl group, 1-methyl-3-propenyl group, 3-pentenyl group, 1-methyl-3 -Butenyl group, 4-hexenyl group, cyclohexenyl group, styryl group, etc.), cycloalkenyl group (eg, 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl group, etc.), alkynyl group (eg, ethynyl group) , Propargyl group, etc.), acyl group (eg, acetyl group, pivaloyl group, benzoyl group, etc.), aryl group (eg, phenyl) Group, p-chlorophenyl group, mesityl group, tolyl group, xylyl group, naphthyl group, anthryl group, azulenyl group, acenaphthenyl group, fluorenyl group, phenanthryl group, indenyl group, pyrenyl group, biphenylyl group, etc.), heterocyclic group (for example, 2-pyrrole group, 2-furyl group, 2-thienyl group, pyrrole group, imidazolyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, benzoimidazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, 2-benzothiazolyl group, pyrazolinone group, pyridyl group, pyridinone group 2-pyrimidinyl group, triazine group, pyrazole group, 1,2,3-triazole group, 1,2,4-triazole group, oxazole group, isoxazole group, 1,2,4-oxadiazole group, 1, 3,4-oxadiazole group, thiazole group, isothiazole group 1,2,4-thiodiazole group, 1,3,4-thiadiazole group, etc.), alkoxycarbonyl group (for example, methyloxycarbonyl group, ethyloxycarbonyl group, butyloxycarbonyl group, octyloxycarbonyl group, dodecyloxycarbonyl group) ), A carbamoyl group (for example, an aminocarbonyl group, a methylaminocarbonyl group, a dimethylaminocarbonyl group, a butylaminocarbonyl group, a cyclohexylaminocarbonyl group, a phenylaminocarbonyl group, etc.), and an alkoxy group (for example, a methoxy group, Preferred examples include ethoxy group, isopropoxy group, tert-butoxy group, n-octyloxy group, 2-methoxyethoxy group and the like.

 ≪本発明に係る例示化合物の合成≫
 本発明に係る一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物、一般式(1)、一般式(2)及び一般式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物の合成は以下の方法によって行うことができる。
<< Synthesis of Exemplary Compounds According to the Present Invention >>
The compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention, the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1), the general formula (2) and the general formula (3) is synthesized by the following method. It can be carried out.

 ≪合成例1:例示化合物1≫
 〈第1工程〉
 2-メチルベンゾチアゾール22.4g、p-トルエンスルホン酸ブチル41.1gを加えて、150℃で約4時間撹拌した。反応後110℃まで冷却し、トルエンを加え、室温までゆっくり冷却した。析出した粗結晶を濾取した後、酢酸エチルを加えて、70℃で約30分懸濁精製することで、中間体(1-1)を36.9g得た。
<< Synthesis Example 1: Exemplary Compound 1 >>
<First step>
22.4 g of 2-methylbenzothiazole and 41.1 g of butyl p-toluenesulfonate were added and stirred at 150 ° C. for about 4 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled to 110 ° C., toluene was added, and the mixture was slowly cooled to room temperature. The precipitated crude crystals were collected by filtration, and then added with ethyl acetate, and suspended and purified at 70 ° C. for about 30 minutes to obtain 36.9 g of intermediate (1-1).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

 〈第2工程〉
 中間体(1-1)を35.9g、N,N’-ジフェニルホルムアミジンを22.4g、無水酢酸を11.6gを加えて、加熱還流下で約3時間撹拌した。反応後、酢酸エチル/メタノール溶液(v/v=100/2)を用いて、シリカゲルクロマトグラフィー精製した。得られた固体に酢酸エチルを加えて、70℃で約30分懸濁精製することで、中間体(1-2)を18.4g得た。
<Second step>
Intermediate (1-1) (35.9 g), N, N′-diphenylformamidine (22.4 g) and acetic anhydride (11.6 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred for about 3 hours while heating under reflux. After the reaction, silica gel chromatography purification was performed using an ethyl acetate / methanol solution (v / v = 100/2). Ethyl acetate was added to the obtained solid, and suspension purification was performed at 70 ° C. for about 30 minutes to obtain 18.4 g of intermediate (1-2).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

 〈色素化工程〉
 中間体(1-2)を4.2g、1-ブチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシル)バルビツール酸を2.4g 、アセトニトリルを加えて、60℃で約30分間撹拌した。その後、アセトニトリルに無水酢酸0.81gとトリエチルアミン1.6gを加えた溶液をゆっくりと、前記反応液に滴下した後、75℃で約2時間撹拌した。反応終了後、溶媒留去し、酢酸エチルに溶解した。飽和食塩水で有機相を洗浄したのち、無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて、室温で約10分撹拌後、無水硫酸マグネシウムをろ過で除去した。ろ液を溶媒留去し、析出した固体をアセトニトリルで再結晶することで、例示化合物1を1.6g得た。得られた化合物のアセトン溶液中の吸収極大ピーク波長は480nm、半値幅は30nmであった。
<Dyeing process>
4.2 g of intermediate (1-2), 2.4 g of 1-butyl-3- (2-ethylhexyl) barbituric acid and acetonitrile were added and stirred at 60 ° C. for about 30 minutes. Thereafter, a solution obtained by adding 0.81 g of acetic anhydride and 1.6 g of triethylamine to acetonitrile was slowly added dropwise to the reaction solution, followed by stirring at 75 ° C. for about 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was distilled off and dissolved in ethyl acetate. After washing the organic phase with saturated brine, anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 10 minutes, and then anhydrous magnesium sulfate was removed by filtration. The filtrate was evaporated and 1.6 g of Exemplified Compound 1 was obtained by recrystallizing the precipitated solid with acetonitrile. The absorption maximum peak wavelength of the obtained compound in an acetone solution was 480 nm, and the half width was 30 nm.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

 ≪他の例示化合物の合成≫
 〈合成例2:例示化合物31〉
 合成例1において、1-ブチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシル)バルビツール酸に代えて、1,2-ジフェニルピラゾリジン-3,5-ジオンを用いた以外は、合成1と同様に合成を行い、例示化合物31を得た。得られた化合物のアセトン溶液中の吸収極大ピーク波長は482nm、半値幅は35nmであった。
≪Synthesis of other exemplified compounds≫
<Synthesis Example 2: Exemplary Compound 31>
The synthesis was performed in the same manner as in Synthesis 1 except that 1,2-diphenylpyrazolidine-3,5-dione was used in place of 1-butyl-3- (2-ethylhexyl) barbituric acid in Synthesis Example 1. This gave Example compound 31. The absorption maximum peak wavelength of the obtained compound in an acetone solution was 482 nm, and the half width was 35 nm.

 〈合成例3:例示化合物37〉
 合成例1において、1-ブチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシル)バルビツール酸に代えて、1,3-インダンジオンを用いた以外は、合成例1と同様に合成を行い、例示化合物37を得た。得られた化合物のアセトン溶液中の吸収極大ピーク波長は506nm、半値幅は29nmであった。
<Synthesis Example 3: Exemplary Compound 37>
Synthesis was performed in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that 1,3-indandione was used in place of 1-butyl-3- (2-ethylhexyl) barbituric acid in Synthesis Example 1, and Exemplified Compound 37 was obtained. It was. The absorption maximum peak wavelength of the obtained compound in an acetone solution was 506 nm, and the half width was 29 nm.

 〈合成例4:例示化合物39〉
 合成例1において、1-ブチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシル)バルビツール酸に代えて、1,3-インダンジオンを用い、p-トルエンスルホン酸ブチルに代えて、p-トルエンスルホン酸-2-エチルヘキシルを用いた以外は、合成例1と同様に合成を行い、例示化合物39を得た。得られた化合物のアセトン溶液中の吸収極大ピーク波長は506nm、半値幅は29nmであった。
<Synthesis Example 4: Exemplary Compound 39>
In Synthesis Example 1, 1,3-indandione was used in place of 1-butyl-3- (2-ethylhexyl) barbituric acid, and p-toluenesulfonic acid-2- Exemplified compound 39 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that ethylhexyl was used. The absorption maximum peak wavelength of the obtained compound in an acetone solution was 506 nm, and the half width was 29 nm.

 〈合成例5:例示化合物61〉
 合成例1において、1-ブチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシル)バルビツール酸に代えて、3-tert-ブチル-1-(2-エチルヘキサノイル)-5-ピラゾロンを用いた以外は、合成例1と同様に合成を行い、例示化合物61を得た。
<Synthesis Example 5: Exemplary Compound 61>
Synthesis Example 1 except that 3-tert-butyl-1- (2-ethylhexanoyl) -5-pyrazolone was used in place of 1-butyl-3- (2-ethylhexyl) barbituric acid in Synthesis Example 1. Example 1 was obtained by synthesis in the same manner as in Example 1.

 〈合成例6:例示化合物99〉
 合成例1において、2-メチルベンゾチアゾールに代えて、4-メチルピリジンを用いた以外は、合成例1と同様に合成を行い、例示化合物99を得た。得られた化合物のアセトン溶液中の吸収極大ピーク波長は492nm、半値幅は41nmであった。
<Synthesis Example 6: Exemplary Compound 99>
Synthesis was performed in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that 4-methylpyridine was used in place of 2-methylbenzothiazole in Synthesis Example 1, and Example Compound 99 was obtained. The absorption maximum peak wavelength of the obtained compound in an acetone solution was 492 nm, and the half width was 41 nm.

 〈合成例7:例示化合物129〉
 合成例1において、1-ブチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシル)バルビツール酸に代えて、1,3-インダンジオンを用い、2-メチルベンゾチアゾールに代えて、4-メチルキノリンを用いた以外は、合成例1と同様に合成を行い、例示化合物129を得た。得られた化合物のアセトン溶液中の吸収極大は589nm、半値幅は26nmであった。
〈合成例8:例示化合物131〉
 合成例1において、1-ブチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシル)バルビツール酸に代えて、1,3-インダンジオンを用い、2-メチルベンゾチアゾールに代えて、4-メチルキノリンを用い、p-トルエンスルホン酸ブチルに代えて、p-トルエンスルホン酸-2-エチルヘキシルを用いた以外は、合成例1と同様に合成を行い、例示化合物131を得た。得られた化合物のアセトン溶液中の吸収極大ピーク波長は589nm、半値幅は26nmであった。
<Synthesis Example 7: Exemplary Compound 129>
In Synthesis Example 1, except that 1,3-indandione was used instead of 1-butyl-3- (2-ethylhexyl) barbituric acid, and 4-methylquinoline was used instead of 2-methylbenzothiazole. Then, the synthesis was performed in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 to obtain Exemplary Compound 129. The absorption maximum of the obtained compound in an acetone solution was 589 nm, and the half width was 26 nm.
<Synthesis Example 8: Exemplary Compound 131>
In Synthesis Example 1, 1,3-indandione is used instead of 1-butyl-3- (2-ethylhexyl) barbituric acid, 4-methylquinoline is used instead of 2-methylbenzothiazole, p- Exemplified compound 131 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that p-toluenesulfonic acid-2-ethylhexyl was used instead of butyltoluenesulfonate. The absorption maximum peak wavelength of the obtained compound in an acetone solution was 589 nm, and the half width was 26 nm.

 以下、本発明に係る一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物、一般式(1)、一般式(2)及び一般式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物の好ましい化合物例について挙げるが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, preferred compound examples of the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention, the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1), the general formula (2), and the general formula (3). The present invention is not limited to this.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041

 〔2〕樹脂
 本発明に係る樹脂は、23℃でのジクロロメタンに対する溶解度が5~50質量%の範囲内であることを特徴とする。
[2] Resin The resin according to the present invention is characterized in that the solubility in dichloromethane at 23 ° C. is in the range of 5 to 50% by mass.

 溶解度が5質量%未満の場合は、本発明に係る一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物との相溶性が低下しブリードアウトが発生しやすくなる。また、50質量%を超えると、光学フィルムとして高分子鎖が熱収縮を生じやすくなり、フィルム物性が低下しやすくなる。 When the solubility is less than 5% by mass, the compatibility with the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention is lowered, and bleed out is likely to occur. On the other hand, if it exceeds 50% by mass, the polymer chain as an optical film is likely to be thermally contracted, and the film properties are likely to be deteriorated.

 本発明においては、当該溶解度を満たす樹脂であれば、特に制限無く用いることができるが、中でもセルロースエステル樹脂、アクリル樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、及びポリイミド樹脂から選択される樹脂、又はその組み合わせであることが好ましい。 In the present invention, any resin satisfying the solubility can be used without particular limitation. Among them, a resin selected from a cellulose ester resin, an acrylic resin, a cyclic olefin resin, a polycarbonate resin, and a polyimide resin, or a combination thereof. It is preferable that

 〔2.1〕セルロースエステル樹脂
 本発明に用いることができるセルロースエステル樹脂(セルロースエステルともいう。)は、セルロース(ジ、トリ)アセテート、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートフタレート、及びセルロースフタレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。
[2.1] Cellulose ester resin The cellulose ester resin (also referred to as cellulose ester) that can be used in the present invention includes cellulose (di, tri) acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, It is preferably at least one selected from cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, and cellulose phthalate.

 これらの中で特に好ましいセルロースエステルは、セルローストリアセテート、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートやセルロースアセテートブチレートが挙げられる。 Among these, particularly preferred cellulose esters include cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, and cellulose acetate butyrate.

 混合脂肪酸エステルの置換度として、炭素原子数2~4のアシル基を置換基として有している場合、アセチル基の置換度をXとし、プロピオニル基又はブチリル基の置換度をYとした時、下記式(I)及び(II)を同時に満たすセルロースエステルを含むセルロース樹脂であることが好ましい。 As the substitution degree of the mixed fatty acid ester, when an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is used as a substituent, the substitution degree of the acetyl group is X, and the substitution degree of the propionyl group or butyryl group is Y. A cellulose resin containing a cellulose ester that simultaneously satisfies the following formulas (I) and (II) is preferable.

 式(I)  2.0≦X+Y≦3.0
 式(II)  0≦X≦2.5
 セルロースエステルのアシル基の総置換度は、1.0~3.0程度としうる。アシル基の総置換度は、透湿性を低くする観点からは、2.0~2.95の範囲内であることが好ましい。
Formula (I) 2.0 ≦ X + Y ≦ 3.0
Formula (II) 0 ≦ X ≦ 2.5
The total substitution degree of the acyl group of the cellulose ester can be about 1.0 to 3.0. The total substitution degree of the acyl group is preferably in the range of 2.0 to 2.95 from the viewpoint of reducing moisture permeability.

 セルロースエステルのアシル基の置換度は、ASTM D817-96に規定の方法で測定することができる。 The substitution degree of the acyl group of the cellulose ester can be measured by a method prescribed in ASTM D817-96.

 セルロースエステルの数平均分子量は、得られるフィルムの機械的強度を高めるためには、6×10~3×10の範囲であることが好ましく分子量、7×10~2×10の範囲であることがより好ましい。 The number average molecular weight of the cellulose ester is preferably in the range of 6 × 10 4 to 3 × 10 5 in order to increase the mechanical strength of the obtained film. The molecular weight is in the range of 7 × 10 4 to 2 × 10 5 . It is more preferable that

 さらに、本発明で用いられるセルロースエステルは、重量平均分子量Mw/数平均分子量Mn比が1.5~5.5のものが好ましく用いられ、特に好ましくは2.0~5.0であり、さらに好ましくは2.5~5.0であり、さらに好ましくは3.0~5.0のセルロースエステル樹脂が好ましく用いられる。 Further, the cellulose ester used in the present invention preferably has a weight average molecular weight Mw / number average molecular weight Mn ratio of 1.5 to 5.5, particularly preferably 2.0 to 5.0, The cellulose ester resin is preferably 2.5 to 5.0, more preferably 3.0 to 5.0.

 セルロースエステルの重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)を用いて測定される。測定条件は以下のとおりである。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the cellulose ester are measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The measurement conditions are as follows.

 溶媒:ジクロロメタン;
 カラム:Shodex K806、K805、K803G(昭和電工株式会社製)を3本接続して使用する;
 カラム温度:25℃; 試料濃度:0.1質量%;
 検出器:RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製);
 ポンプ:L6000(日立製作所株式会社製);
 流量:1.0ml/min
 校正曲線:標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー株式会社製) Mw=500~1000000の13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用する。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いる。
Solvent: dichloromethane;
Column: Three Shodex K806, K805, K803G (made by Showa Denko KK) are connected and used;
Column temperature: 25 ° C .; sample concentration: 0.1% by mass;
Detector: RI Model 504 (manufactured by GL Sciences);
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.);
Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min
Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) A calibration curve with 13 samples of Mw = 500 to 1000000 is used. Thirteen samples are used at approximately equal intervals.

 本発明で用いられるセルロースエステル樹脂の原料セルロースは、木材パルプでも綿花リンターでもよく、木材パルプは針葉樹でも広葉樹でもよいが、針葉樹の方がより好ましい。製膜の際の剥離性の点からは綿花リンターが好ましく用いられる。これらから作られたセルロースエステルは適宜混合して、或いは単独で使用することができる。 The raw material cellulose of the cellulose ester resin used in the present invention may be wood pulp or cotton linter, and the wood pulp may be softwood or hardwood, but softwood is more preferable. A cotton linter is preferably used from the viewpoint of peelability during film formation. The cellulose ester made from these can be mixed suitably or can be used independently.

 例えば、綿花リンター由来セルロースエステル:木材パルプ(針葉樹)由来セルロースエステル:木材パルプ(広葉樹)由来セルロースエステルの比率が100:0:0、90:10:0、85:15:0、50:50:0、20:80:0、10:90:0、0:100:0、0:0:100、80:10:10、85:0:15、40:30:30で用いることができる。 For example, the ratio of cellulose ester derived from cellulose linter: cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (coniferous): cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (hardwood) is 100: 0: 0, 90: 10: 0, 85: 15: 0, 50:50: 0, 20: 80: 0, 10: 90: 0, 0: 100: 0, 0: 0: 100, 80:10:10, 85: 0: 15, 40:30:30.

 本発明において、セルロースエステル樹脂は、20mLの純水(電気伝導度0.1μS/cm以下、pH6.8)に1g投入し、25℃、1hr、窒素雰囲気下にて撹拌した時のpHが6~7、電気伝導度が1~100μS/cmであることが好ましい。 In the present invention, 1 g of cellulose ester resin is added to 20 mL of pure water (electric conductivity 0.1 μS / cm or less, pH 6.8), and the pH when stirred in a nitrogen atmosphere at 25 ° C. for 1 hr is 6 It is preferable that the electric conductivity is 1 to 100 μS / cm.

 〔2.2〕アクリル樹脂
 本発明に用いることができるアクリル樹脂は、メタクリル樹脂も含まれる。
[2.2] Acrylic resin The acrylic resin that can be used in the present invention includes a methacrylic resin.

 すなわち、当該アクリル樹脂は、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルの単独重合体であるか、又は(メタ)アクリル酸エステルと他の共重合モノマーとの共重合体であり得る。(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、1種類であっても、2種類以上の混合物であってもよい。(メタ)アクリル酸エステルは、好ましくはメチルメタクリレートである。共重合体におけるメチルメタクリレート由来の構成単位の含有割合は50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましい。 That is, the acrylic resin may be a homopolymer of (meth) acrylic acid ester or a copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid ester and other copolymerization monomers. The (meth) acrylic resin may be one type or a mixture of two or more types. The (meth) acrylic acid ester is preferably methyl methacrylate. The content ratio of the structural unit derived from methyl methacrylate in the copolymer is preferably 50% by mass or more, and more preferably 70% by mass or more.

 メチルメタクリレートと共重合体をなす共重合モノマーの例には、アルキル部分の炭素数が2~18のアルキルメタクリレート;アルキル部分の炭素数が1~18のアルキルアクリレート;後述のラクトン環構造を形成し得る、ヒドロキシ基を有するアルキル部分の炭素数が1~18のアルキル(メタ)アクリレート;アクリル酸、メタクリル酸等のα,β-不飽和酸;マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸等の不飽和基含有2価カルボン酸;スチレン、α-メチルスチレン等の芳香族ビニル化合物;アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等のα,β-不飽和ニトリル;無水マレイン酸、マレイミド、N-置換マレイミド、グルタル酸無水物、アクリロイルモルホリン(ACMO)等のアクリルアミド誘導体;N-ビニルピロリドン(VP)等が含まれる。これらは、1種類で用いてもよいし、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of the copolymerization monomer that forms a copolymer with methyl methacrylate include alkyl methacrylates having 2 to 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl portion; alkyl acrylates having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl portion; Obtained alkyl (meth) acrylates having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety having a hydroxy group; α, β-unsaturated acids such as acrylic acid and methacrylic acid; unsaturated groups such as maleic acid, fumaric acid and itaconic acid Containing divalent carboxylic acids; aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and α-methylstyrene; α, β-unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile; maleic anhydride, maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutaric anhydride, Acrylamide derivatives such as acryloylmorpholine (ACMO); N-vinylpyrrolidone (VP), etc. Is included. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 中でも、共重合体の耐熱分解性や流動性を高めるためには、メチルアクリレート、エチルアクリレート、n-プロピルアクリレート、n-ブチルアクリレート、s-ブチルアクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート等のアルキルアクリレート;2-(ヒドロキシメチル)アクリル酸メチル、及び2-(ヒドロキシメチル)アクリル酸エチル等のヒドロキシ基を有するアルキル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。 Among them, alkyl acrylates such as methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, s-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, Alkyl (meth) acrylates having a hydroxy group such as methyl (hydroxymethyl) acrylate and ethyl 2- (hydroxymethyl) acrylate are preferred.

 (メタ)アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量Mwは、好ましくは2.0×10~5.0×10の範囲内であり、より好ましくは5.0×10~4.5×10の範囲内であり、さらに好ましくは1.0×10~4.0×10の範囲内である。(メタ)アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量Mwが8.0×10以上であれば、フィルムの耐脆性が向上やすく、5.0×10以下であれば、フィルムのヘイズが低くなりやすい。 The weight average molecular weight Mw of the (meth) acrylic resin is preferably in the range of 2.0 × 10 4 to 5.0 × 10 5 , more preferably 5.0 × 10 4 to 4.5 × 10 5 . Within the range, more preferably within the range of 1.0 × 10 5 to 4.0 × 10 5 . If the weight average molecular weight Mw of the (meth) acrylic resin is 8.0 × 10 4 or more, the brittleness resistance of the film is easily improved, and if it is 5.0 × 10 5 or less, the haze of the film tends to be low.

 (メタ)アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量Mwは、セルロースエステルの重量平均分子量Mwの測定方法と同様にして、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーにより測定することができる。 The weight average molecular weight Mw of the (meth) acrylic resin can be measured by gel permeation chromatography in the same manner as the method for measuring the weight average molecular weight Mw of the cellulose ester.

 本発明に用いることのできるアクリル樹脂の製造方法としては、懸濁重合、乳化重合、塊状重合、又は溶液重合等の公知の方法のいずれを用いてもよい。ここで、重合開始剤としては、通常のパーオキサイド系及びアゾ系のものを用いることができ、また、レドックス系とすることもできる。 As a method for producing an acrylic resin that can be used in the present invention, any known method such as suspension polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, or solution polymerization may be used. Here, as a polymerization initiator, a normal peroxide type and an azo type can be used, and a redox type can also be used.

 重合温度については、懸濁又は乳化重合では30~100℃、塊状又は溶液重合では80~160℃で実施しうる。得られた共重合体の還元粘度を制御するために、アルキルメルカプタン等を連鎖移動剤として用いて重合を実施することもできる。 The polymerization temperature may be 30 to 100 ° C. for suspension or emulsion polymerization, and 80 to 160 ° C. for bulk or solution polymerization. In order to control the reduced viscosity of the obtained copolymer, polymerization can be carried out using alkyl mercaptan or the like as a chain transfer agent.

 上記のアクリル樹脂以外にも、公知のアクリル樹脂を用いることができ、例えば特開2008-9378号公報に記載のようなラクトン環単位を有するアクリル樹脂は耐熱性が高く、好ましく用いられる。 In addition to the above acrylic resins, known acrylic resins can be used. For example, an acrylic resin having a lactone ring unit as described in JP-A-2008-9378 has high heat resistance and is preferably used.

 アクリル樹脂としては、市販のものも使用することができる。例えば、デルペット60N、80N(旭化成ケミカルズ(株)製)、ダイヤナールBR52、BR80、BR83、BR85、BR88(三菱レイヨン(株)製)、KT75(電気化学工業(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Commercially available acrylic resins can also be used. For example, Delpet 60N, 80N (Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.), Dianal BR52, BR80, BR83, BR85, BR88 (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), KT75 (Denki Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned. .

 〔2.3〕環状オレフィン樹脂
 本発明においては、環状オレフィン樹脂を用いることも好ましい。環状オレフィン樹脂としては、ノルボルネン系樹脂、単環の環状オレフィン系樹脂、環状共役ジエン系樹脂、ビニル脂環式炭化水素系樹脂、及び、これらの水素化物等を挙げることができる。これらの中で、ノルボルネン系樹脂は、透明性と成形性が良好なため、好適に用いることができる。
[2.3] Cyclic Olefin Resin In the present invention, it is also preferable to use a cyclic olefin resin. Examples of the cyclic olefin resin include norbornene resins, monocyclic olefin resins, cyclic conjugated diene resins, vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon resins, and hydrides thereof. Among these, norbornene-based resins can be suitably used because of their good transparency and moldability.

 ノルボルネン系樹脂としては、例えば、ノルボルネン構造を有する単量体の開環重合体若しくはノルボルネン構造を有する単量体と他の単量体との開環共重合体又はそれらの水素化物、ノルボルネン構造を有する単量体の付加重合体若しくはノルボルネン構造を有する単量体と他の単量体との付加共重合体又はそれらの水素化物等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the norbornene-based resin include a ring-opening polymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure, a ring-opening copolymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure and another monomer, a hydride thereof, and a norbornene structure. An addition polymer of a monomer having a monomer, an addition copolymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure and another monomer, or a hydride thereof.

 これらの中で、ノルボルネン構造を有する単量体の開環(共)重合体水素化物は、透明性、成形性、耐熱性、低吸湿性、寸法安定性、軽量性などの観点から、特に好適に用いることができる。 Among these, a ring-opening (co) polymer hydride of a monomer having a norbornene structure is particularly suitable from the viewpoints of transparency, moldability, heat resistance, low hygroscopicity, dimensional stability, lightness, and the like. Can be used.

 ノルボルネン構造を有する単量体としては、ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン(慣用名:ノルボルネン)、トリシクロ[4.3.0.12,5]デカ-3,7-ジエン(慣用名:ジシクロペンタジエン)、7,8-ベンゾトリシクロ[4.3.0.12,5]デカ-3-エン(慣用名:メタノテトラヒドロフルオレン)、テトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]ドデカ-3-エン(慣用名:テトラシクロドデセン)、及びこれらの化合物の誘導体(例えば、環に置換基を有するもの)などを挙げることができる。ここで、置換基としては、例えばアルキル基、アルキレン基、及び極性基などを挙げることができる。特に極性基であることが溶解性の観点から好ましい。また、これらの置換基は、同一又は相異なって複数個が環に結合していてもよい。ノルボルネン構造を有する単量体は1種単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Examples of the monomer having a norbornene structure include bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene (common name: norbornene), tricyclo [4.3.0.1 2,5 ] deca-3,7-diene. (Common name: dicyclopentadiene), 7,8-benzotricyclo [4.3.0.1 2,5 ] dec-3-ene (common name: methanotetrahydrofluorene), tetracyclo [4.4.0. 1 2,5 . 1 7,10 ] dodec-3-ene (common name: tetracyclododecene) and derivatives of these compounds (for example, those having a substituent in the ring). Here, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkylene group, and a polar group. In particular, a polar group is preferable from the viewpoint of solubility. In addition, these substituents may be the same or different and a plurality may be bonded to the ring. The monomer which has a norbornene structure can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

 極性基の種類としては、ヘテロ原子、又はヘテロ原子を有する原子団などが挙げられる。ヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケイ素原子、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。極性基の具体例としては、カルボキシ基、カルボニルオキシカルボニル基、エポキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、オキシ基、エステル基、シラノール基、シリル基、アミノ基、ニトリル基、及びスルホン基などが挙げられる。中でも、式-(CH)nCOORで表される極性基である単量体は、得られるシクロオレフィン樹脂が高いガラス転移温度と低い吸湿性、各種材料との優れた密着性を有するものとなる点で好ましい。 Examples of the polar group include a hetero atom or an atomic group having a hetero atom. Examples of the hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom, and a halogen atom. Specific examples of the polar group include carboxy group, carbonyloxycarbonyl group, epoxy group, hydroxy group, oxy group, ester group, silanol group, silyl group, amino group, nitrile group, and sulfone group. Among them, a monomer that is a polar group represented by the formula — (CH 2 ) nCOOR is such that the resulting cycloolefin resin has a high glass transition temperature, a low hygroscopic property, and excellent adhesion to various materials. This is preferable.

 ノルボルネン構造を有する単量体と開環共重合可能な他の単量体としては、シクロヘキセン、シクロヘプテン、シクロオクテンなどのモノ環状オレフィン類及びその誘導体、シクロヘキサジエン、シクロヘプタジエンなどの環状共役ジエン及びその誘導体などが挙げられる。 Other monomers capable of ring-opening copolymerization with monomers having a norbornene structure include monocyclic olefins such as cyclohexene, cycloheptene, and cyclooctene and derivatives thereof, cyclic conjugated dienes such as cyclohexadiene, cycloheptadiene, and the like. And derivatives thereof.

 ノルボルネン構造を有する単量体の開環重合体及びノルボルネン構造を有する単量体と共重合可能な他の単量体との開環共重合体は、単量体を公知の開環重合触媒の存在下に(共)重合することにより得ることができる。 A ring-opening polymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure and a ring-opening copolymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure and another monomer copolymerizable with the monomer have a known ring-opening polymerization catalyst. It can be obtained by (co) polymerization in the presence.

 ノルボルネン構造を有する単量体と付加共重合可能な他の単量体としては、例えば、エチレン、プロピレン、1-ブテンなどの炭素数2~20のα-オレフィン及びこれらの誘導体;シクロブテン、シクロペンテン、シクロヘキセンなどのシクロオレフィン及びこれらの誘導体;1,4-ヘキサジエン、4-メチル-1,4-ヘキサジエン、及び5-メチル-1,4-ヘキサジエンなどの非共役ジエンなどが挙げられる。これらの単量体は1種単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。これらの中でも、α-オレフィンが好ましく、エチレンがより好ましい。 Examples of other monomers that can be addition-copolymerized with a monomer having a norbornene structure include, for example, α-olefins having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as ethylene, propylene, and 1-butene, and derivatives thereof; cyclobutene, cyclopentene, Examples include cycloolefins such as cyclohexene and derivatives thereof; non-conjugated dienes such as 1,4-hexadiene, 4-methyl-1,4-hexadiene, and 5-methyl-1,4-hexadiene. These monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, α-olefin is preferable, and ethylene is more preferable.

 ノルボルネン構造を有する単量体の付加重合体及びノルボルネン構造を有する単量体と共重合可能な他の単量体との付加共重合体は、単量体を公知の付加重合触媒の存在下に重合することにより得ることができる。 An addition polymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure and an addition copolymer of another monomer copolymerizable with a monomer having a norbornene structure can be used in the presence of a known addition polymerization catalyst. It can be obtained by polymerization.

 ノルボルネン構造を有する単量体の開環重合体の水素添加物、ノルボルネン構造を有する単量体とこれと開環共重合可能なその他の単量体との開環共重合体の水素添加物、ノルボルネン構造を有する単量体の付加重合体の水素添加物、及びノルボルネン構造を有する単量体とこれと付加共重合可能なその他の単量体との付加共重合体の水素添加物は、これらの重合体の溶液に、ニッケル、パラジウムなどの遷移金属を含む公知の水素添加触媒を添加し、炭素-炭素不飽和結合を好ましくは90%以上水素添加することによって得ることができる。 A hydrogenated product of a ring-opening polymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure, a hydrogenated product of a ring-opening copolymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure and another monomer capable of ring-opening copolymerization thereof, Hydrogenated products of addition polymers of monomers having a norbornene structure, and hydrogenated products of addition copolymers of monomers having a norbornene structure and other monomers capable of addition copolymerization with these A known hydrogenation catalyst containing a transition metal such as nickel or palladium is added to the polymer solution, and the carbon-carbon unsaturated bond is preferably hydrogenated by 90% or more.

 ノルボルネン系樹脂の中でも、繰り返し単位として、X:ビシクロ[3.3.0]オクタン-2,4-ジイル-エチレン構造と、Y:トリシクロ[4.3.0.12,5]デカン-7,9-ジイル-エチレン構造とを有し、これらの繰り返し単位の含有量が、ノルボルネン系樹脂の繰り返し単位全体に対して90質量%以上であり、かつ、Xの含有割合とYの含有割合との比が、X:Yの質量比で100:0~40:60であるものが好ましい。このような樹脂を用いることにより、長期的に寸法変化がなく、光学特性の安定性に優れる光学フィルムを得ることができる。 Among norbornene-based resins, X: bicyclo [3.3.0] octane-2,4-diyl-ethylene structure and Y: tricyclo [4.3.0.1 2,5 ] decane-7 are used as repeating units. , 9-diyl-ethylene structure, the content of these repeating units is 90% by mass or more based on the entire repeating units of the norbornene resin, and the X content ratio and the Y content ratio are The ratio of X: Y is preferably 100: 0 to 40:60. By using such a resin, it is possible to obtain an optical film that has no dimensional change in the long term and is excellent in stability of optical characteristics.

 本発明に用いられる環状オレフィン樹脂の分子量は使用目的に応じて適宜選定される。溶媒としてシクロヘキサン(重合体樹脂が溶解しない場合はトルエン)を用いるゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィーで測定したポリイソプレン又はポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)で、通常20000~150000である。好ましくは25000~100,000、より好ましくは30000~80000である。重量平均分子量がこのような範囲にあるときに、フィルムの機械的強度及び成型加工性が高度にバランスされ好適である。 The molecular weight of the cyclic olefin resin used in the present invention is appropriately selected according to the purpose of use. The polyisoprene or polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by gel permeation chromatography using cyclohexane (toluene if the polymer resin does not dissolve) as a solvent is usually 20000 to 150,000. It is preferably 25,000 to 100,000, more preferably 30,000 to 80,000. When the weight average molecular weight is in such a range, the mechanical strength and molding processability of the film are highly balanced and suitable.

 環状オレフィン樹脂のガラス転移温度は、使用目的に応じて適宜選択されればよい。耐久性及び延伸加工性の観点から、好ましくは130~160℃、より好ましくは135~150℃の範囲である。 The glass transition temperature of the cyclic olefin resin may be appropriately selected according to the purpose of use. From the viewpoint of durability and stretchability, it is preferably in the range of 130 to 160 ° C, more preferably 135 to 150 ° C.

 環状オレフィン樹脂の分子量分布(重量平均分子量(Mw)/数平均分子量(Mn))は、緩和時間、生産性等の観点から、1.2~3.5、好ましくは1.5~3.0、さらに好ましくは1.8~2.7である。 The molecular weight distribution (weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn)) of the cyclic olefin resin is 1.2 to 3.5, preferably 1.5 to 3.0, from the viewpoint of relaxation time, productivity and the like. More preferably, it is 1.8 to 2.7.

 以上説明した環状オレフィン樹脂は、市販品を好ましく用いることができ、市販品の例としては、JSR(株)からアートン(Arton)G、アートンF、アートンR、及びアートンRXという商品名で発売されている。 Commercially available products can be preferably used as the cyclic olefin resin described above. Examples of commercially available products are commercially available from JSR Corporation under the trade names Arton G, Arton F, Arton R, and Arton RX. ing.

 〔2.4〕ポリカーボネート樹脂
 本発明では、種々の公知のポリカーボネート樹脂も使用することができる。本発明においては、特に芳香族ポリカーボネートを用いることが好ましい。当該芳香族ポリカーボネートについて特に制約はなく、所望するフィルムの諸特性が得られる芳香族ポリカーボネートであれば特に制約はない。
[2.4] Polycarbonate Resin Various known polycarbonate resins can be used in the present invention. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an aromatic polycarbonate. There is no restriction | limiting in particular about the said aromatic polycarbonate, and there will be no restriction | limiting in particular if it is an aromatic polycarbonate from which the various characteristics of a desired film are acquired.

 一般に、ポリカーボネートと総称される高分子材料は、その合成手法において重縮合反応が用いられて、主鎖が炭酸結合で結ばれているものを総称するが、これらの内でも、一般に、フェノール誘導体と、ホスゲン、ジフェニルカーボネートらから重縮合で得られるものを意味する。通常、ビスフェノール-Aと呼称されている2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパンをビスフェノール成分とする繰り返し単位で表される芳香族ポリカーボネートが好ましく選ばれるが、適宜各種ビスフェノール誘導体を選択することで、芳香族ポリカーボネート共重合体を構成することができる。 In general, a polymer material collectively referred to as polycarbonate is a generic term for a polymer material in which a polycondensation reaction is used in its synthesis method and the main chain is linked by a carbonic acid bond. , Phosgene, diphenyl carbonate and the like obtained by polycondensation. Usually, an aromatic polycarbonate represented by a repeating unit having 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane called bisphenol-A as a bisphenol component is preferably selected. Various bisphenol derivatives should be selected as appropriate. Thus, an aromatic polycarbonate copolymer can be constituted.

 かかる共重合成分としてこのビスフェノール-A以外に、ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタン、1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)シクロヘキサン、9,9-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)フルオレン、1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-フェニルエタン、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフロロプロパン、ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ジフェニルメタン、ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)サルファイド、ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、及び1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン等を挙げることができる。 In addition to this bisphenol-A, bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) methane, 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) cyclohexane, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene, 1,1 -Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-phenyl Ethane, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane, bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) diphenylmethane, bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfide, bis ( 4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone and 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -3,3,5 It can be mentioned trimethyl cyclohexane.

 また、一部にテレフタル酸及び/又はイソフタル酸成分を含む芳香族ポリエステルカーボネートを使用することも可能である。このような構成単位をビスフェノール-Aからなる芳香族ポリカーボネートの構成成分の一部に使用することにより芳香族ポリカーボネートの性質、例えば耐熱性、溶解性を改良することができるが、このような共重合体についても本発明は有効である。 It is also possible to use an aromatic polyester carbonate partially containing terephthalic acid and / or isophthalic acid components. By using such a structural unit as a part of the structural component of the aromatic polycarbonate composed of bisphenol-A, the properties of the aromatic polycarbonate, such as heat resistance and solubility, can be improved. The present invention is also effective for coalescence.

 ここで用いられる芳香族ポリカーボネートの粘度平均分子量は、1×10以上、4×10以下であれば好適に用いられる。粘度平均分子量2×10~1.2×10が特に好ましい。粘度平均分子量が1×10より低い樹脂を使用すると得られるフィルムの機械的強度が不足する場合があり、また4×10以上の高分子量になるとドープの粘度が大きくなり過ぎ取扱い上問題を生じるので好ましくない。粘度平均分子量は市販の高速液体クロマトグラフィ等で測定することができる。 The aromatic polycarbonate used here preferably has a viscosity average molecular weight of 1 × 10 4 or more and 4 × 10 5 or less. A viscosity average molecular weight of 2 × 10 4 to 1.2 × 10 5 is particularly preferable. If a resin having a viscosity average molecular weight lower than 1 × 10 4 is used, the mechanical strength of the obtained film may be insufficient, and if it has a high molecular weight of 4 × 10 5 or more, the viscosity of the dope becomes too high, causing problems in handling. Since it occurs, it is not preferable. The viscosity average molecular weight can be measured by commercially available high performance liquid chromatography.

 本発明に用いられる芳香族ポリカーボネートのガラス転移温度は200℃以上であることが高耐熱性のフィルムを得る上で好ましく、より好ましくは230℃以上である。これらは、上記共重合成分を適宜選択して得ることができる。ガラス転移温度は、DSC装置(示差走査熱量分析装置)にて測定することができ、例えばセイコーインスツル株式会社製:RDC220にて、10℃/分の昇温条件によって求められる、ベースラインが偏奇し始める温度である。 The glass transition temperature of the aromatic polycarbonate used in the present invention is preferably 200 ° C. or higher for obtaining a highly heat-resistant film, and more preferably 230 ° C. or higher. These can be obtained by appropriately selecting the copolymerization component. The glass transition temperature can be measured with a DSC apparatus (differential scanning calorimetry apparatus). For example, the Seiko Instruments Inc. product: RDC220 calculates the temperature at 10 ° C./min. It is the temperature that begins to do.

 〔2.5〕ポリイミド樹脂
 本発明に用いられるポリイミド樹脂は、イミド構造を有する樹脂であり、繰り返し単位にイミド結合を含む樹脂である。ポリイミドは、ジアミン又はその誘導体と酸無水物又はその誘導体とから形成されることが好ましい。
[2.5] Polyimide resin The polyimide resin used in the present invention is a resin having an imide structure, and a resin containing an imide bond in a repeating unit. The polyimide is preferably formed from diamine or a derivative thereof and an acid anhydride or a derivative thereof.

 溶解性の観点から本発明に好ましいポリイミド樹脂は、下記式(1.1)で表される構造を有するポリイミド、ポリアミドイミド、ポリエーテルイミド、及びポリエステルイミド等を挙げることができるが、特に、下記式(1.1)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを用いることが好ましい。 Preferred polyimide resins for the present invention from the viewpoint of solubility include polyimides, polyamideimides, polyetherimides, and polyesterimides having a structure represented by the following formula (1.1). It is preferable to use a polyimide having a structure represented by the formula (1.1).

 〔2.5.1〕式(1.1)で表される構造を有するポリイミド
 本発明に用いることのできるポリイミドとしては、特に、下記式(1.1)で表される繰り返し単位を有するポリイミド(以下、ポリイミド(A)と称する。)が好ましい。
[2.5.1] Polyimide having a structure represented by the formula (1.1) As a polyimide that can be used in the present invention, in particular, a polyimide having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1.1) (Hereinafter referred to as polyimide (A)) is preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042

 式(1.1)中、Rは、芳香族炭化水素環若しくは芳香族複素環、又は、炭素数4~39の4価の脂肪族炭化水素基若しくは脂環式炭化水素基を表す。Aは、炭素数2~39の2価の脂肪族炭化水素基、脂環式炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、又はこれらの組み合わせからなる基を表し、結合基として、-O-、-SO-、-CO-、-CH-、-C(CH-、-OSi(CH-、-CO-及び-S-からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの基を含有していても良い。 In the formula (1.1), R represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring, or a tetravalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 39 carbon atoms. A represents a group consisting of a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 39 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a combination thereof, and as a bonding group, —O—, — At least one selected from the group consisting of SO 2 —, —CO—, —CH 2 —, —C (CH 3 ) 2 —, —OSi (CH 3 ) 2 —, —C 2 H 4 O—, and —S—. One group may be contained.

 Rで表される芳香族炭化水素環としては、例えば、フルオレン環、ベンゼン環、ビフェニル環、ナフタレン環、アズレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ピレン環、クリセン環、ナフタセン環、トリフェニレン環、o-テルフェニル環、m-テルフェニル環、p-テルフェニル環、アセナフテン環、コロネン環、フルオラントレン環、ナフタセン環、ペンタセン環、ペリレン環、ペンタフェン環、ピセン環、ピレン環、ピラントレン環、及びアンスラアントレン環等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by R include fluorene ring, benzene ring, biphenyl ring, naphthalene ring, azulene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, pyrene ring, chrysene ring, naphthacene ring, triphenylene ring, o- Terphenyl ring, m-terphenyl ring, p-terphenyl ring, acenaphthene ring, coronene ring, fluoranthrene ring, naphthacene ring, pentacene ring, perylene ring, pentaphen ring, picene ring, pyrene ring, pyranthrene ring, and anthra An anthrene ring etc. are mentioned.

 また同様に、Rで表される芳香族複素環としては、例えば、シロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、オキサゾール環、ピロール環、ピリジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、トリアジン環、オキサジアゾール環、トリアゾール環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、チアゾール環、インドール環、ベンズイミダゾール環、ベンズチアゾール環、ベンズオキサゾール環、キノキサリン環、キナゾリン環、フタラジン環、チエノチオフェン環、カルバゾール環、アザカルバゾール環(カルバゾール環を構成する炭素原子の任意の一つ以上が窒素原子で置き換わったものを表す)、ジベンゾシロール環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環やジベンゾフラン環を構成する炭素原子の任意の一つ以上が窒素原子で置き換わった環、ベンゾジフラン環、ベンゾジチオフェン環、アクリジン環、ベンゾキノリン環、フェナジン環、フェナントリジン環、フェナントロリン環、サイクラジン環、キンドリン環、テペニジン環、キニンドリン環、トリフェノジチアジン環、トリフェノジオキサジン環、フェナントラジン環、アントラジン環、ペリミジン環、ナフトフラン環、ナフトチオフェン環、ナフトジフラン環、ナフトジチオフェン環、アントラフラン環、アントラジフラン環、アントラチオフェン環、アントラジチオフェン環、チアントレン環、フェノキサチイン環、ジベンゾカルバゾール環、インドロカルバゾール環、及びジチエノベンゼン環等が挙げられる。 Similarly, examples of the aromatic heterocycle represented by R include a silole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an oxazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a triazine ring, and an oxadiene ring. Azole ring, triazole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, thiazole ring, indole ring, benzimidazole ring, benzthiazole ring, benzoxazole ring, quinoxaline ring, quinazoline ring, phthalazine ring, thienothiophene ring, carbazole ring, azacarbazole ring ( Any one of the carbon atoms constituting the dicarbosyl ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, benzothiophene ring or dibenzofuran ring. More than one nitrogen Ring substituted with a child, benzodifuran ring, benzodithiophene ring, acridine ring, benzoquinoline ring, phenazine ring, phenanthridine ring, phenanthroline ring, cyclazine ring, quindrine ring, tepenidine ring, quinindrine ring, triphenodithiazine ring, Triphenodioxazine ring, phenanthrazine ring, anthrazine ring, perimidine ring, naphthofuran ring, naphthothiophene ring, naphthodifuran ring, naphthodithiophene ring, anthrafuran ring, anthradifuran ring, anthrathiophene ring, anthradithiophene ring, thianthrene A ring, a phenoxathiin ring, a dibenzocarbazole ring, an indolocarbazole ring, a dithienobenzene ring, and the like.

 Rで表される炭素数4~39の4価の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、例えば、ブタン-1,1,4,4-テトライル基、オクタン-1,1,8,8-テトライル基、及びデカン-1,1,10,10-テトライル基等の基が挙げられる。 Examples of the tetravalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 39 carbon atoms represented by R include a butane-1,1,4,4-tetrayl group, an octane-1,1,8,8-tetrayl group, And groups such as decane-1,1,10,10-tetrayl group.

 また、Rで表される炭素数4~39の4価の脂環式炭化水素基としては、例えば、シクロブタン-1,2,3,4-テトライル基、シクロペンタン-1,2,4,5-テトライル基、シクロヘキサン-1,2,4,5-テトライル基、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクト-7-エン-2,3,5,6-テトライル基、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン-2,3,5,6-テトライル基、3,3′,4,4′-ジシクロヘキシルテトライル基、3,6-ジメチルシクロヘキサン-1,2,4,5-テトライル基、及び3,6-ジフェニルシクロヘキサン-1,2,4,5-テトライル基等の基が挙げられる。 Examples of the tetravalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 39 carbon atoms represented by R include cyclobutane-1,2,3,4-tetrayl group, cyclopentane-1,2,4,5. -Tetrayl group, cyclohexane-1,2,4,5-tetrayl group, bicyclo [2.2.2] oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetrayl group, bicyclo [2.2.2] Octane-2,3,5,6-tetrayl group, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-dicyclohexyltetrayl group, 3,6-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2,4,5-tetrayl group, and 3,6 And groups such as -diphenylcyclohexane-1,2,4,5-tetrayl group.

 Aで表される基としては、結合基を有する炭素数2~39の2価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は該芳香族炭化水素基と脂肪族炭化水素基の組み合わせであることが好ましく、特に、以下の構造式で表される基が好ましい。 The group represented by A is preferably a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 39 carbon atoms having a linking group, or a combination of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group. A group represented by the following structural formula is preferred.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

 式(1.1)のポリイミドは、芳香族、脂肪族若しくは脂環式テトラカルボン酸又はその誘導体と、ジアミン又はその誘導体とを反応させてポリアミド酸を調製し、当該ポリアミド酸をイミド化させることにより得られる。 The polyimide of formula (1.1) is prepared by reacting an aromatic, aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid or derivative thereof with a diamine or derivative thereof to prepare a polyamic acid, and imidizing the polyamic acid. Is obtained.

 脂肪族若しくは脂環式テトラカルボン酸の誘導体としては、例えば、脂肪族若しくは脂環式テトラカルボン酸エステル類、脂肪族若しくは脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物等が挙げられる。なお、脂肪族若しくは脂環式テトラカルボン酸又はその誘導体のうち、脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物が好ましい。 Examples of the aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid derivatives include aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid esters, aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, and the like. Of the aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof, alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides are preferred.

 脂肪族テトラカルボン酸としては、例えば、1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボン酸等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid include 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid.

 脂肪族テトラカルボン酸エステル類としては、例えば、上記脂肪族テトラカルボン酸のモノアルキルエステル、ジアルキルエステル、トリアルキルエステル、テトラアルキルエステルが挙げられる。 Examples of the aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid esters include monoalkyl esters, dialkyl esters, trialkyl esters, and tetraalkyl esters of the above aliphatic tetracarboxylic acids.

 脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物としては、例えば、1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride.

 芳香族テトラカルボン酸としては、例えば、4,4′-ビフタル酸無水物、4,4′-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物、2,3,3′,4′-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4′-オキシジフタル酸無水物、3,3′,4,4′-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid include 4,4′-biphthalic anhydride, 4,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride, and 2,3,3 ′, 4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid. And dianhydrides, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the like.

 本発明では、フルオレン構造を有する酸無水物を用いることも好ましく、9,9-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)フルオレン酸二無水物、及び9,9-ビス[4-(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)フェニル]フルオレン酸二無水物を用いることが、耐熱性、透明性の観点で好ましい。 In the present invention, it is also preferable to use an acid anhydride having a fluorene structure, and 9,9-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) fluorenic dianhydride, and 9,9-bis [4- (3,4) -Dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl] fluorenic dianhydride is preferably used from the viewpoint of heat resistance and transparency.

 一方、ジアミン又はその誘導体としては、例えば、芳香族ジアミン又はイソシアン酸エステル等が好ましく、芳香族ジアミンが好ましい。 On the other hand, as the diamine or a derivative thereof, for example, an aromatic diamine or an isocyanate is preferable, and an aromatic diamine is preferable.

 なお、本発明において「芳香族ジアミン」とは、アミノ基が芳香族環に直接結合しているジアミンを表し、その構造の一部に脂肪族炭化水素基、脂環式炭化水素基、その他の置換基(例えば、ハロゲン原子、スルホニル基、カルボニル基、酸素原子等。)を含んでいても良い。「脂肪族ジアミン」とは、アミノ基が脂肪族炭化水素基又は脂環式炭化水素基に直接結合しているジアミンを表し、その構造の一部に芳香族炭化水素基、その他の置換基(例えば、ハロゲン原子、スルホニル基、カルボニル基、酸素原子等。)を含んでいても良い。 In the present invention, the term “aromatic diamine” refers to a diamine in which an amino group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, or any other part of its structure. A substituent (for example, a halogen atom, a sulfonyl group, a carbonyl group, an oxygen atom, etc.) may be contained. The term “aliphatic diamine” refers to a diamine in which an amino group is directly bonded to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group or other substituent ( For example, a halogen atom, a sulfonyl group, a carbonyl group, an oxygen atom, etc.) may be included.

 芳香族ジアミンの例としては、例えば、p-フェニレンジアミン、m-フェニレンジアミン、2,4-ジアミノトルエン、2,6-ジアミノトルエン、ベンジジン、o-トリジン、m-トリジン、ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ベンジジン、オクタフルオロベンジジン、3,3′-ジヒドロキシ-4,4′-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3′-ジメトキシ-4,4′-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3′-ジクロロ-4,4′-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3′-ジフルオロ-4,4′-ジアミノビフェニル、及び2,6-ジアミノナフタレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of aromatic diamines include, for example, p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 2,6-diaminotoluene, benzidine, o-tolidine, m-tolidine, bis (trifluoromethyl) Benzidine, octafluorobenzidine, 3,3'-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dichloro-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl 3,3′-difluoro-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 2,6-diaminonaphthalene and the like.

 また、本発明に用いられる前記ジアミンが、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン、9,9-ビス(4-アミノ3-メチルフェニル)フルオレン又は9,9-ビス(3-フルオロ-4-アミノフェニル)フルオレンのいずれかであることが好ましく、前記酸無水物が、9,9-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)フルオレン二無水物又は9,9-ビス[4-(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)フェニル]フルオレン酸二無水物のいずれかであることが非着色性、白化及び折り曲げ耐性を向上する観点から、好ましい。 The diamine used in the present invention is 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-amino3-methylphenyl) fluorene, or 9,9-bis (3-fluoro- 4-aminophenyl) fluorene is preferable, and the acid anhydride is 9,9-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) fluorene dianhydride or 9,9-bis [4- (3 , 4-Dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl] fluorenic dianhydride is preferable from the viewpoint of improving non-coloring property, whitening and bending resistance.

 また、本発明に用いられるポリイミドには、フッ化ポリイミドを含有することが、ポリイミドフィルムの透明性に優れる点、及び熱収縮による熱矯正を行いやすい観点から好ましい。フッ素の含有率としては、フィルム中に1~40質量%の範囲で含有されることが本発明の効果が大きくより好ましい。 In addition, it is preferable that the polyimide used in the present invention contains a fluorinated polyimide from the viewpoint of excellent transparency of the polyimide film and easy thermal correction by thermal shrinkage. The fluorine content is more preferably in the range of 1 to 40% by mass in the film because the effect of the present invention is great.

 (2.5.2)ポリアミド酸の合成法及びイミド化
 〈ポリアミド酸の合成〉
 ポリアミド酸は、適当な溶剤中で、前記テトラカルボン酸類の少なくとも一種と、前記ジアミン類の少なくとも一種を重合反応させることにより得られる。
(2.5.2) Synthesis method and imidization of polyamic acid <Synthesis of polyamic acid>
The polyamic acid can be obtained by polymerizing at least one of the tetracarboxylic acids and at least one of the diamines in a suitable solvent.

 〈イミド化法〉
 ここで、ポリイミドは、ポリアミド酸溶液を加熱してポリアミド酸をイミド化させる方法(熱イミド化法)、又はポリアミド酸溶液に閉環触媒(イミド化触媒)を添加してポリアミド酸をイミド化させる方法(化学イミド化法)により得ることができる。
<Imidization method>
Here, polyimide is a method in which a polyamic acid solution is heated to imidize the polyamic acid (thermal imidization method), or a method in which a polycyclic acid (imidation catalyst) is added to the polyamic acid solution to imidize the polyamic acid. (Chemical imidization method).

 熱イミド化法においては、上記重合溶剤中のポリアミド酸を、例えば80~300℃の温度範囲で0.1~200時間加熱処理してイミド化を進行させる。また、上記温度範囲を150~200℃とすることが好ましく、150℃以上とすることにより、イミド化を確実に進行させて完了させることができ、一方、200℃以下とすることにより、溶剤や未反応原材料の酸化、溶剤の揮発による樹脂濃度の上昇を防止することができる。 In the thermal imidization method, the polyamic acid in the polymerization solvent is heated for 0.1 to 200 hours in a temperature range of, for example, 80 to 300 ° C. to advance imidization. Further, the temperature range is preferably 150 to 200 ° C., and by setting the temperature range to 150 ° C. or higher, imidization can be reliably progressed and completed. It is possible to prevent an increase in the resin concentration due to oxidation of unreacted raw materials and volatilization of the solvent.

 一方、化学イミド化法においては、上記重合溶剤中のポリアミド酸に対し、公知の閉環触媒を添加してイミド化を進行させる。閉環触媒の具体例としては、トリメチルアミン、トリエチレンジアミン等の脂肪族第3級アミン及びイソキノリン、ピリジン、ピコリン等の複素環式第3級アミン等が挙げられる。 On the other hand, in the chemical imidization method, a known ring closure catalyst is added to the polyamic acid in the polymerization solvent to advance imidization. Specific examples of the ring-closing catalyst include aliphatic tertiary amines such as trimethylamine and triethylenediamine, and heterocyclic tertiary amines such as isoquinoline, pyridine and picoline.

 〔3〕その他の添加剤
 本発明の光学フィルムは、必要に応じて下記のような種々の添加剤をさらに含有していてもよい。
[3] Other additives The optical film of the present invention may further contain various additives as described below, if necessary.

 〈糖エステル〉
 本発明の光学フィルムは、光学フィルムの可塑性を向上させる観点から、前述したセルロースエステル樹脂以外の糖エステルを含有することができる。
<Sugar ester>
The optical film of the present invention can contain a sugar ester other than the cellulose ester resin described above from the viewpoint of improving the plasticity of the optical film.

 本発明に用いることのできる糖エステルは、フラノース構造若しくはピラノース構造を1~12個有する化合物であって、該化合物中のヒドロキシ基の全部又は一部がエステル化された化合物をいう。 The sugar ester that can be used in the present invention refers to a compound having 1 to 12 furanose structures or pyranose structures in which all or part of the hydroxy groups in the compound are esterified.

 そのような糖エステルの好ましい例には、下記一般式(FA)で表されるスクロースエステルが含まれる。 Preferred examples of such sugar esters include sucrose esters represented by the following general formula (FA).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044

 一般式(FA)のR1~R8は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換若しくは無置換のアルキルカルボニル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のアリールカルボニル基を表す。R1~R8は、互いに同じであっても、異なってもよい。 R 1 to R 8 in formula (FA) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group. R 1 to R 8 may be the same as or different from each other.

 置換若しくは無置換のアルキルカルボニル基は、炭素原子数2以上の置換若しくは無置換のアルキルカルボニル基であることが好ましい。置換若しくは無置換のアルキルカルボニル基の例には、メチルカルボニル基(アセチル基)が含まれる。アルキル基が有する置換基の例には、フェニル基等の芳香族炭化水素環基が含まれる。 The substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms. Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group include a methylcarbonyl group (acetyl group). Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group has include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group such as a phenyl group.

 置換若しくは無置換のアリールカルボニル基は、炭素原子数7以上の置換若しくは無置換のアリールカルボニル基であることが好ましい。アリールカルボニル基の例には、フェニルカルボニル基が含まれる。芳香族炭化水素環基が有する置換基の例には、メチル基等のアルキル基や、メトキシ基等のアルコキシル基等が含まれる。 The substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms. Examples of the arylcarbonyl group include a phenylcarbonyl group. Examples of the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group has include an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an alkoxyl group such as a methoxy group, and the like.

 スクロースエステルのアシル基の平均置換度は、3.0~7.5の範囲内であることが好ましい。アシル基の平均置換度がこの範囲内であると、例えば、セルロースエステルとの十分な相溶性が得られやすい。 The average substitution degree of the acyl group of the sucrose ester is preferably in the range of 3.0 to 7.5. When the average substitution degree of the acyl group is within this range, for example, sufficient compatibility with the cellulose ester is easily obtained.

 糖エステルの含有量は、セルロースエステルに対して0.5~35.0質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、5.0~30.0質量%の範囲内であることがより好ましい。 The content of the sugar ester is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 35.0% by mass, more preferably in the range of 5.0 to 30.0% by mass with respect to the cellulose ester.

 〈可塑剤〉
 本発明の光学フィルムは、本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲で、フィルム製造時の組成物の流動性や、フィルムの柔軟性を向上するために可塑剤を含有していていもよい。可塑剤の例には、ポリエステル系可塑剤、多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤、多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤(フタル酸エステル系可塑剤を含む)、グリコレート系可塑剤、エステル系可塑剤(クエン酸エステル系可塑剤、脂肪酸エステル系可塑剤、リン酸エステル系可塑剤、トリメリット酸エステル系可塑剤等を含む)等が含まれる。これらは、単独で用いても、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
<Plasticizer>
The optical film of the present invention may contain a plasticizer in order to improve the fluidity of the composition during film production and the flexibility of the film as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Examples of plasticizers include polyester plasticizers, polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers, polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizers (including phthalate ester plasticizers), glycolate plasticizers, ester plasticizers ( Citrate ester plasticizers, fatty acid ester plasticizers, phosphate ester plasticizers, trimellitic ester plasticizers, and the like). These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 ポリエステル系可塑剤は、1~4価のカルボン酸と、1~6価のアルコールとを反応させて得られた化合物であり、好ましくは2価カルボン酸とグリコールとを反応させて得られた化合物である。 The polyester plasticizer is a compound obtained by reacting a monovalent to tetravalent carboxylic acid and a monovalent to hexavalent alcohol, and preferably a compound obtained by reacting a divalent carboxylic acid and a glycol. It is.

 2価カルボン酸の例には、コハク酸、グルタル酸、イタコン酸、アジピン酸、フタル酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸等が含まれる。特に、2価カルボン酸として、コハク酸、アジピン酸、フタル酸等を用いた化合物は、可塑性を良好に付与し得る。 Examples of the divalent carboxylic acid include succinic acid, glutaric acid, itaconic acid, adipic acid, phthalic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid and the like. In particular, a compound using succinic acid, adipic acid, phthalic acid or the like as the divalent carboxylic acid can impart good plasticity.

 グリコールの例には、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、1,3-ブチレングリコール、1,4-ブチレングリコール、1,6-ヘキサメチレングリコール、ネオペンチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、及びジプロピレングリコール等が含まれる。2価カルボン酸及びグリコールは、それぞれ1種類であってもよいし、2種類以上を併用してもよい。 Examples of glycols include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, 1,4-butylene glycol, 1,6-hexamethylene glycol, neopentylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, and dipropylene glycol Is included. Each of the divalent carboxylic acid and glycol may be one kind, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.

 ポリエステル系可塑剤は、エステル、オリゴエステル、及びポリエステルのいずれであってもよい。ポリエステル系可塑剤の分子量は、100~10000の範囲が好ましく、可塑性を付与する効果が大きいことから、600~3000の範囲がより好ましい。 The polyester plasticizer may be any of ester, oligoester, and polyester. The molecular weight of the polyester plasticizer is preferably in the range of 100 to 10,000, and more preferably in the range of 600 to 3,000 because the effect of imparting plasticity is great.

 ポリエステル系可塑剤の粘度は、分子構造や分子量にもよるが、アジピン酸系可塑剤の場合、セルロースエステルとの相溶性が高く、かつ可塑性を付与する効果が高いこと等から、200~5000MPa・s(25℃)の範囲であることが好ましい。ポリエステル系可塑剤は、1種類であっても、2種類以上を併用してもよい。 The viscosity of the polyester plasticizer depends on the molecular structure and molecular weight. However, in the case of an adipic acid plasticizer, the compatibility with the cellulose ester is high and the effect of imparting plasticity is high. It is preferably in the range of s (25 ° C.). The polyester plasticizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤は、2価以上の脂肪族多価アルコールと、モノカルボン酸とのエステル化合物(アルコールエステル)であり、好ましくは2~20価の脂肪族多価アルコールエステルである。多価アルコールエステル系化合物は、分子内に芳香環又はシクロアルキル環を有することが好ましい。 The polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer is an ester compound (alcohol ester) of a dihydric or higher aliphatic polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, preferably a divalent to 20-valent aliphatic polyhydric alcohol ester. The polyhydric alcohol ester compound preferably has an aromatic ring or a cycloalkyl ring in the molecule.

 脂肪族多価アルコールの例には、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、トリメチロールプロパン、及びペンタエリスリトール等が含まれる。 Examples of the aliphatic polyhydric alcohol include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol and the like.

 モノカルボン酸は、脂肪族モノカルボン酸、脂環式モノカルボン酸、芳香族モノカルボン酸等であり得る。モノカルボン酸は、1種類であってもよいし、2種類以上の混合物であってもよい。また、脂肪族多価アルコールに含まれるOH基の全部をエステル化してもよいし、一部をOH基のままで残してもよい。 The monocarboxylic acid can be an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, an alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, an aromatic monocarboxylic acid, or the like. One kind of monocarboxylic acid may be sufficient and a mixture of two or more kinds may be sufficient. Further, all of the OH groups contained in the aliphatic polyhydric alcohol may be esterified, or a part of the OH groups may be left as they are.

 脂肪族モノカルボン酸は、炭素数1~32の直鎖又は側鎖を有する脂肪酸であることが好ましい。脂肪族モノカルボン酸の炭素数はより好ましくは1~20であり、さらに好ましくは1~10である。そのような脂肪族モノカルボン酸の例には、酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、吉草酸等が含まれ、セルロースエステルとの相溶性を高めるためには、好ましくは酢酸であり得る。 The aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is preferably a fatty acid having a straight chain or a side chain having 1 to 32 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is more preferably 1-20, and still more preferably 1-10. Examples of such aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, and the like, and acetic acid may be preferable in order to enhance compatibility with the cellulose ester.

 脂環式モノカルボン酸の例には、シクロペンタンカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸、シクロオクタンカルボン酸等が含まれる。 Examples of the alicyclic monocarboxylic acid include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid and the like.

 芳香族モノカルボン酸の例には、安息香酸;安息香酸のベンゼン環にアルキル基又はアルコキシ基(例えばメトキシ基やエトキシ基)を1~3個を導入したもの(例えばトルイル酸等);ベンゼン環を2個以上有する芳香族モノカルボン酸(例えばビフェニルカルボン酸、ナフタリンカルボン酸、テトラリンカルボン酸等)が含まれ、好ましくは安息香酸である。 Examples of aromatic monocarboxylic acids include benzoic acid; one having 1 to 3 alkyl groups or alkoxy groups (for example, methoxy group or ethoxy group) introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid (for example, toluic acid, etc.); benzene ring Aromatic monocarboxylic acids having two or more (for example, biphenyl carboxylic acid, naphthalene carboxylic acid, tetralin carboxylic acid, etc.) are included, and benzoic acid is preferred.

 多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤の分子量は、特に制限されないが、300~1500の範囲内であることが好ましく、350~750の範囲内であることがより好ましい。揮発し難くするためには、分子量が大きい方が好ましい。透湿性を高め、セルロースエステルとの相溶性を高めるためには、分子量が小さい方が好ましい。 The molecular weight of the polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 300 to 1500, and more preferably in the range of 350 to 750. In order to make it hard to volatilize, the one where molecular weight is larger is preferable. In order to improve moisture permeability and compatibility with the cellulose ester, a smaller molecular weight is preferable.

 多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤の具体例には、トリメチロールプロパントリアセテート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアセテート、及び特開2008-88292号公報に記載の一般式(I)で表されるエステル化合物(A)等が含まれる。 Specific examples of the polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer include trimethylolpropane triacetate, pentaerythritol tetraacetate, and an ester compound (A) represented by the general formula (I) described in JP-A-2008-88292. included.

 多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤は、2価以上、好ましくは2~20価の多価カルボン酸と、アルコール化合物とのエステル化合物である。多価カルボン酸は、2~20価の脂肪族多価カルボン酸、3~20価の芳香族多価カルボン酸又は3~20価の脂環式多価カルボン酸であることが好ましい。 The polyvalent carboxylic acid ester plasticizer is an ester compound of a divalent or higher, preferably 2 to 20 valent polycarboxylic acid and an alcohol compound. The polyvalent carboxylic acid is preferably a 2-20 valent aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid, a 3-20 valent aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acid, or a 3-20 valent alicyclic polyvalent carboxylic acid.

 多価カルボン酸の例には、トリメリット酸、トリメシン酸、ピロメリット酸のような3価以上の芳香族多価カルボン酸又はその誘導体;コハク酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸、シュウ酸、フマル酸、マレイン酸、テトラヒドロフタル酸のような脂肪族多価カルボン酸;酒石酸、タルトロン酸、リンゴ酸、クエン酸のようなオキシ多価カルボン酸等が含まれ、フィルムからの揮発を抑制するためには、オキシ多価カルボン酸が好ましい。 Examples of polyvalent carboxylic acids include trivalent or higher aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acids such as trimellitic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid or derivatives thereof; succinic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, oxalic acid Contains aliphatic polycarboxylic acids such as fumaric acid, maleic acid and tetrahydrophthalic acid; oxypolycarboxylic acids such as tartaric acid, tartronic acid, malic acid and citric acid, etc., and suppresses volatilization from the film. For this, oxypolycarboxylic acids are preferred.

 アルコール化合物の例には、直鎖若しくは側鎖を有する脂肪族飽和アルコール化合物、直鎖若しくは側鎖を有する脂肪族不飽和アルコール化合物、脂環式アルコール化合物又は芳香族アルコール化合物等が含まれる。脂肪族飽和アルコール化合物又は脂肪族不飽和アルコール化合物の炭素数は、好ましくは1~32であり、より好ましくは1~20であり、さらに好ましくは1~10である。脂環式アルコール化合物の例には、シクロペンタノール、シクロヘキサノール等が含まれる。芳香族アルコール化合物の例には、フェノール、パラクレゾール、ジメチルフェノール、ベンジルアルコール、シンナミルアルコール等が含まれる。アルコール化合物は、1種類でもよいし、2種類以上の混合物であってもよい。 Examples of the alcohol compound include an aliphatic saturated alcohol compound having a straight chain or a side chain, an aliphatic unsaturated alcohol compound having a straight chain or a side chain, an alicyclic alcohol compound, or an aromatic alcohol compound. The carbon number of the aliphatic saturated alcohol compound or the aliphatic unsaturated alcohol compound is preferably 1 to 32, more preferably 1 to 20, and further preferably 1 to 10. Examples of the alicyclic alcohol compound include cyclopentanol, cyclohexanol and the like. Examples of the aromatic alcohol compound include phenol, paracresol, dimethylphenol, benzyl alcohol, cinnamyl alcohol and the like. One kind of alcohol compound may be sufficient and a mixture of two or more kinds may be sufficient.

 多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤の分子量は、特に制限はないが、300~1000の範囲内であることが好ましく、350~750の範囲内であることがより好ましい。多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤の分子量は、ブリードアウトを抑制する観点では、大きい方が好ましい。透湿性やセルロースエステルとの相溶性の観点では、小さい方が好ましい。 The molecular weight of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester plasticizer is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 300 to 1000, and more preferably in the range of 350 to 750. A larger molecular weight of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester plasticizer is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing bleeding out. From the viewpoint of moisture permeability and compatibility with cellulose ester, a smaller one is preferable.

 多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤の酸価は、1mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、0.2mgKOH/g以下であることがさらに好ましい。酸価とは、試料1g中に含まれる酸(試料中に存在するカルボキシ基)を中和するために必要な水酸化カリウムのミリグラム数をいう。酸価は、JIS K0070に準拠して測定したものである。 The acid value of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester plasticizer is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 0.2 mgKOH / g or less. The acid value refers to the number of milligrams of potassium hydroxide necessary for neutralizing the acid (carboxy group present in the sample) contained in 1 g of the sample. The acid value is measured according to JIS K0070.

 多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤の例には、特開2008-88292号公報に記載の一般式(II)で表されるエステル化合物(B)等が含まれる。 Examples of the polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer include an ester compound (B) represented by the general formula (II) described in JP-A-2008-88292.

 多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤は、フタル酸エステル系可塑剤であってもよい。フタル酸エステル系可塑剤の例には、ジエチルフタレート、ジメトキシエチルフタレート、ジメチルフタレート、ジオクチルフタレート、ジブチルフタレート、ジ-2-エチルヘキシルフタレート、ジシクロヘキシルフタレート、及びジシクロヘキシルテレフタレート等が含まれる。 The polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer may be a phthalate ester plasticizer. Examples of the phthalate ester plasticizer include diethyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, and dicyclohexyl terephthalate.

 グリコレート系可塑剤の例には、アルキルフタリルアルキルグリコレート類が含まれる。アルキルフタリルアルキルグリコレート類の例には、メチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、プロピルフタリルプロピルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、及びオクチルフタリルオクチルグリコレート等が含まれる。 Examples of glycolate plasticizers include alkylphthalyl alkyl glycolates. Examples of alkyl phthalyl alkyl glycolates include methyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, and octyl phthalyl octyl glycolate It is.

 エステル系可塑剤には、脂肪酸エステル系可塑剤、クエン酸エステル系可塑剤、リン酸エステル系可塑剤、トリメリット酸系可塑剤等が含まれる。 The ester plasticizer includes a fatty acid ester plasticizer, a citrate ester plasticizer, a phosphate ester plasticizer, a trimellitic acid plasticizer, and the like.

 脂肪酸エステル系可塑剤の例には、オレイン酸ブチル、リシノール酸メチルアセチル、セバシン酸ジブチル等が含まれる。クエン酸エステル系可塑剤の例には、クエン酸アセチルトリメチル、クエン酸アセチルトリエチル、クエン酸アセチルトリブチル等が含まれる。リン酸エステル系可塑剤の例には、トリフェニルホスフェート、トリクレジルホスフェート、クレジルジフェニルホスフェート、オクチルジフェニルホスフェート、ジフェニルビフェニルホスフェート、トリオクチルホスフェート、トリブチルホスフェート等が含まれる。トリメリット酸系可塑剤の例には、トリメリット酸オクチル、トリメリット酸n-オクチル、トリメリット酸イソデシル、及びトリメリット酸イソノニル等が含まれる。 Examples of the fatty acid ester plasticizer include butyl oleate, methylacetyl ricinoleate, dibutyl sebacate and the like. Examples of the citrate plasticizer include acetyl trimethyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate, acetyl tributyl citrate and the like. Examples of the phosphate ester plasticizer include triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, cresyl diphenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, diphenyl biphenyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate and the like. Examples of trimellitic acid plasticizers include octyl trimellitic acid, n-octyl trimellitic acid, isodecyl trimellitic acid, and isononyl trimellitic acid.

 可塑剤の含有量は、セルロースエステルに対して0.5~30.0質量%の範囲内であることが好ましい。可塑剤の含有量が30.0質量%以下であれば、光学フィルムがブリードアウトを生じにくい。 The plasticizer content is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 30.0% by mass with respect to the cellulose ester. If the content of the plasticizer is 30.0% by mass or less, the optical film hardly causes bleed out.

 〈紫外線吸収剤〉
 本発明の光学フィルムは、紫外線吸収剤をさらに含有していてもよい。紫外線吸収剤は、ベンゾトリアゾール系、2-ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン系、サリチル酸フェニルエステル系等であり得る。具体的には、2-(5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール等のトリアゾール類;2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクトキシベンゾフェノン、2,2’-ジヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン類等が挙げられる。
<Ultraviolet absorber>
The optical film of the present invention may further contain an ultraviolet absorber. The ultraviolet absorber may be benzotriazole, 2-hydroxybenzophenone, salicylic acid phenyl ester, or the like. Specifically, 2- (5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis (α, α-dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2H-benzotriazole, 2- Triazoles such as (3,5-di-t-butyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole; 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octoxybenzophenone, 2,2′-dihydroxy-4 -Benzophenones such as methoxybenzophenone.

 なかでも、分子量が400以上である紫外線吸収剤は、高沸点で揮発しにくく、高温成形時にも飛散しにくいため、比較的添加量が少なくても、得られたフィルムに耐候性を付与することができる。 Among them, an ultraviolet absorber having a molecular weight of 400 or more is difficult to volatilize at a high boiling point, and is difficult to scatter even at high temperature molding. Therefore, even if the addition amount is relatively small, weather resistance is imparted to the obtained film. Can do.

 分子量が400以上である紫外線吸収剤の例には、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2-ベンゾトリアゾール、2,2-メチレンビス[4-(1,1,3,3-テトラブチル)-6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェノール]等のベンゾトリアゾール系;
 ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート等のヒンダードアミン系;
 2-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-2-n-ブチルマロン酸ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)、1-[2-[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ]エチル]-4-[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ]-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン等の分子内にヒンダードフェノールとヒンダードアミンの構造を共に有するハイブリッド系;
 等が含まれ、好ましくは2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2-ベンゾトリアゾールや2,2-メチレンビス[4-(1,1,3,3-テトラブチル)-6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェノール]である。これらは、1種類であっても、2種類以上を併用してもよい。
Examples of ultraviolet absorbers having a molecular weight of 400 or more include 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis (α, α-dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis [4- Benzotriazoles such as (1,1,3,3-tetrabutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol];
Hindered amines such as bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate;
2- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -2-n-butylmalonate bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl), 1- [2- [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy] ethyl] -4- [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy]- A hybrid system having both hindered phenol and hindered amine structures in the molecule such as 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine;
Preferably, 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis (α, α-dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole or 2,2-methylenebis [4- (1,1,3, 3-tetrabutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol]. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 〈微粒子〉
 本発明の光学フィルムは、滑り性を付与し取り扱い性を向上する目的で、無機化合物又は有機化合物からなる微粒子を含有してもよい。
<Fine particles>
The optical film of the present invention may contain fine particles composed of an inorganic compound or an organic compound for the purpose of imparting slipperiness and improving handleability.

 無機化合物の例には、二酸化ケイ素、二酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸カルシウム、タルク、クレイ、焼成カオリン、焼成ケイ酸カルシウム、水和ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、ケイ酸マグネシウム、及びリン酸カルシウム等が含まれる。 Examples of inorganic compounds include silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate , And calcium phosphate.

 有機化合物の例には、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、セルロースアセテート、ポリスチレン、ポリメチルメタクリレート、ポリプロピルメタクリレート、ポリメチルアクリレート、ポリエチレンカーボネート、アクリルスチレン系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン系樹脂、メラミン系樹脂、ポリオレフィン系粉末、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ポリイミド系樹脂、有機高分子化合物(ポリフッ化エチレン系樹脂、澱粉等)の粉砕分級物、懸濁重合法で合成した高分子化合物、スプレードライ法又は分散法等により球型にした高分子化合物等が含まれる。 Examples of organic compounds include polytetrafluoroethylene, cellulose acetate, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, polypropyl methacrylate, polymethyl acrylate, polyethylene carbonate, acrylic styrene resin, silicone resin, polycarbonate resin, benzoguanamine resin, melamine Resin, polyolefin-based powder, polyester-based resin, polyamide-based resin, polyimide-based resin, pulverized classification of organic polymer compound (polyfluorinated ethylene-based resin, starch, etc.), polymer compound synthesized by suspension polymerization method, spray drying High molecular compounds made spherical by the method or dispersion method are included.

 微粒子は、得られたフィルムのヘイズを低く維持し得る点から、ケイ素を含む化合物、好ましくは二酸化ケイ素で構成され得る。 The fine particles can be composed of a compound containing silicon, preferably silicon dioxide, from the viewpoint that the haze of the obtained film can be kept low.

 二酸化ケイ素の微粒子の例には、アエロジルR972、R972V、R974、R812、200、200V、300、R202、OX50、及びTT600(以上、日本アエロジル(株)製)等が含まれる。 Examples of the silicon dioxide fine particles include Aerosil R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, and TT600 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.).

 なかでも、アエロジル200V及びアエロジルR972Vが、光学フィルムのヘイズを低く保ちながら、フィルム表面の滑り性を高め得るため、特に好ましい。 Among them, Aerosil 200V and Aerosil R972V are particularly preferable because they can increase the slipperiness of the film surface while keeping the haze of the optical film low.

 酸化ジルコニウムの微粒子の例には、アエロジルR976及びR811(以上、日本アエロジル(株)製)等が含まれる。 Examples of the zirconium oxide fine particles include Aerosil R976 and R811 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.).

 高分子化合物の例として、シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、(メタ)アクリル樹脂等が含まれ、好ましくはシリコーン樹脂であり、より好ましくは三次元の網状構造を有するシリコーン樹脂である。そのようなシリコーン樹脂の例には、トスパール103、同105、同108、同120、同145、同3120、同240(以上、東芝シリコーン(株)製)等が含まれる。 Examples of the polymer compound include a silicone resin, a fluororesin, a (meth) acrylic resin, and the like, preferably a silicone resin, and more preferably a silicone resin having a three-dimensional network structure. Examples of such silicone resins include Tospearl 103, 105, 108, 120, 145, 3120, 240 (above, manufactured by Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.) and the like.

 微粒子の一次粒子の平均粒径は、好ましくは5~400nmの範囲内であり、より好ましくは10~300nmの範囲内である。微粒子は、主に粒径が0.05~0.30μmの範囲内にある二次凝集体を形成していてもよい。微粒子の平均粒径が100~400nmの範囲内であれば、凝集せずに一次粒子として存在し得る。 The average primary particle size of the fine particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 400 nm, more preferably in the range of 10 to 300 nm. The fine particles may form secondary aggregates mainly having a particle size in the range of 0.05 to 0.30 μm. If the average particle size of the fine particles is in the range of 100 to 400 nm, they can exist as primary particles without agglomeration.

 光学フィルムの少なくとも一方の面の動摩擦係数が0.2~1.0の範囲内となるように、微粒子を含有させることが好ましい。 It is preferable to contain fine particles so that the dynamic friction coefficient of at least one surface of the optical film is in the range of 0.2 to 1.0.

 微粒子の含有量は、セルロースエステルに対して0.01~1.00質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、0.05~0.50質量%の範囲内であることがより好ましい。 The content of the fine particles is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 1.00% by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 0.50% by mass with respect to the cellulose ester.

 〈位相差制御剤〉
 液晶表示装置等の画像表示装置の表示品質の向上のため、光学フィルム中に位相差制御剤を添加するか、配向膜を形成して液晶層を設け、偏光板保護フィルムと液晶層由来の位相差を複合化することにより、光学フィルムに光学補償能を付与することができる。
<Phase difference control agent>
In order to improve the display quality of an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device, a retardation control agent is added to the optical film or an alignment film is formed to provide a liquid crystal layer. By combining the phase difference, the optical compensation ability can be imparted to the optical film.

 位相差制御剤としては、欧州特許911,656A2号明細書に記載されているような、2以上の芳香族環を有する芳香族化合物、特開2006-2025号公報に記載の棒状化合物等が挙げられる。また、2種類以上の芳香族化合物を併用してもよい。この芳香族化合物の芳香族環には、芳香族炭化水素環に加えて、芳香族性ヘテロ環を含む芳香族性ヘテロ環であることが好ましい。芳香族性ヘテロ環は、一般に不飽和ヘテロ環である。なかでも、特開2006-2026号公報に記載の1,3,5-トリアジン環が好ましい。 Examples of the retardation control agent include aromatic compounds having two or more aromatic rings as described in EP 911,656A2, and rod-like compounds described in JP-A-2006-2025. It is done. Two or more aromatic compounds may be used in combination. The aromatic ring of the aromatic compound is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic ring including an aromatic heterocyclic ring in addition to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring. The aromatic heterocycle is generally an unsaturated heterocycle. Of these, the 1,3,5-triazine ring described in JP-A-2006-2026 is preferable.

 これらの位相差制御剤の添加量は、フィルム用樹脂100質量%に対して、0.5~20質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、1~10質量%の範囲内であることがより好ましい。 The addition amount of these retardation control agents is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 20% by mass, more preferably in the range of 1 to 10% by mass with respect to 100% by mass of the resin for film. preferable.

 〈その他の添加剤〉
 本発明の光学フィルムは、成形加工時の熱分解や熱による着色を防止するための酸化防止剤、帯電防止剤や難燃剤等をさらに含有していていもよい。
<Other additives>
The optical film of the present invention may further contain an antioxidant, an antistatic agent, a flame retardant and the like for preventing thermal decomposition during molding and coloring due to heat.

 〔4〕光学フィルムの物性
 本発明の光学フィルムは、有機EL表示装置や液晶表示装置等の画像表示装置の光学フィルムとして用いることができる。本発明の光学フィルムは、偏光板保護フィルム、位相差フィルム、光学補償フィルムに好ましく用いられる。位相差フィルム又は光学補償フィルムが偏光板保護フィルムを兼ねていることが好ましい。
[4] Physical Properties of Optical Film The optical film of the present invention can be used as an optical film for image display devices such as organic EL display devices and liquid crystal display devices. The optical film of the present invention is preferably used for a polarizing plate protective film, a retardation film, and an optical compensation film. It is preferable that the retardation film or the optical compensation film also serves as a polarizing plate protective film.

 本発明の光学フィルムのリターデーション値は、特に制限なく、該光学フィルムを使用する用途に応じて適宜調整できる。 The retardation value of the optical film of the present invention is not particularly limited and can be appropriately adjusted according to the use of the optical film.

 本発明の光学フィルムを一般の偏光板保護フィルムやIPS型液晶表示装置用の位相差フィルムとして用いる場合は、リターデーション値は小さいことが好ましく、下記条件1及び2を満たすことが好ましい。 When the optical film of the present invention is used as a general polarizing plate protective film or a retardation film for an IPS liquid crystal display device, the retardation value is preferably small, and the following conditions 1 and 2 are preferably satisfied.

 条件1:温度23℃、相対湿度55%の環境下で、波長590nmで測定した下式(I)で表される面内リターデーション値Ro(590)が0~40nmの範囲内である。 Condition 1: An in-plane retardation value Ro (590) represented by the following formula (I) measured at a wavelength of 590 nm under an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% is in the range of 0 to 40 nm.

 式(I):Ro=(nx-ny)×d
 条件2:温度23℃、相対湿度55%の環境下で、波長590nmで測定した下式(II)で表される厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rt(590)が、-20~50nmの範囲内である。
Formula (I): Ro = (n x -n y) × d
Condition 2: Retardation value Rt (590) in the thickness direction represented by the following formula (II) measured at a wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% is within a range of −20 to 50 nm. It is.

 式(II):Rt={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d
(ここで、フィルムの面内における遅相軸方向の屈折率をnx、フィルムの面内における遅相軸に直交する方向の屈折率をny、フィルムの厚さ方向の屈折率をnz、dはフィルムの厚さ(nm)をそれぞれ表す。)
 また、本発明の光学フィルムを垂直配向型液晶表示装置用の光学補償フィルムとして用いる場合は、リターデーション値が下記条件3及び条件4を満たすことが、視野角拡大に好適である。
Formula (II): Rt = {(n x + ny ) / 2−n z } × d
(Here, the refractive index in the slow axis direction in the plane n x of the film, the direction of the refractive index n y perpendicular to the slow axis in the plane of the film, the refractive index in the thickness direction of the film n z D represents the thickness (nm) of the film.)
In addition, when the optical film of the present invention is used as an optical compensation film for a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device, it is preferable for the viewing angle expansion that the retardation value satisfies the following conditions 3 and 4.

 条件3:温度23℃、相対湿度55%の環境下で、波長590nmで測定した上式(I)で表される面内リターデーション値Ro(590)が40~100nmの範囲内である。 Condition 3: An in-plane retardation value Ro (590) represented by the above formula (I) measured at a wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% is in the range of 40 to 100 nm.

 条件4:温度23℃、相対湿度55%の環境下で、波長590nmで測定した上式(II)で表される厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rt(590)が、100~300nmの範囲内である。 Condition 4: The retardation value Rt (590) in the thickness direction represented by the above formula (II) measured at a wavelength of 590 nm under an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% is within a range of 100 to 300 nm. is there.

 所望のリターデーションは、フィルム作製時の延伸倍率やリターデーション上昇剤の添加量、セルロースエステルの場合はアシル基の種類及び置換度、フィルムの膜厚などを制御することで調整することができる。 Desired retardation can be adjusted by controlling the stretching ratio at the time of film production, the addition amount of the retardation increasing agent, the type and substitution degree of acyl groups, the film thickness of the film in the case of cellulose ester.

 上記Ro及びRtは、自動複屈折率計、例えばAxometric社製のAxoScan、王子計測機器株式会社製のKOBRA-21ADHを用いて測定することができる。 The above Ro and Rt can be measured using an automatic birefringence meter, for example, AxoScan manufactured by Axometric, and KOBRA-21ADH manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments.

 光学フィルムの膜厚は、表示装置の薄型化、生産性の観点から、10~250μmの範囲内であることが好ましい。膜厚が10μm以上であれば、一定以上のフィルム強度や位相差を発現させることができる。膜厚が250μm以下であれば、熱や湿度による位相差の変動を抑えることができる。好ましくは、20~100μmの範囲内である。 The film thickness of the optical film is preferably in the range of 10 to 250 μm from the viewpoint of thinning the display device and productivity. If the film thickness is 10 μm or more, a certain level of film strength and retardation can be expressed. If the film thickness is 250 μm or less, fluctuations in the phase difference due to heat and humidity can be suppressed. Preferably, it is in the range of 20 to 100 μm.

 本発明の光学フィルムの可視光透過率は、90%以上であることが好ましく、93%以上であることがより好ましい。 The visible light transmittance of the optical film of the present invention is preferably 90% or more, and more preferably 93% or more.

 本発明の光学フィルムは、JIS-K7127-1999に準拠して測定された、少なくとも一方向の破断伸度が、好ましくは10%以上であり、より好ましくは20%以上であり、さらに好ましくは30%以上である。 In the optical film of the present invention, the elongation at break in at least one direction measured according to JIS-K7127-1999 is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more, and further preferably 30. % Or more.

 〔5〕光学フィルムの製造方法
 本発明の光学フィルムは、溶液流延製膜法又は溶融流延製膜法で製造され得る。
[5] Method for Producing Optical Film The optical film of the present invention can be produced by a solution casting method or a melt casting method.

 本発明の効果の発現に加えて、光学フィルムの着色や異物欠点、ダイライン等の光学欠点を抑制する観点では、溶液流延法が好ましい。 In addition to the manifestation of the effects of the present invention, the solution casting method is preferred from the viewpoint of suppressing optical defects such as coloring of optical films, foreign matter defects, and die lines.

 〔5.1〕溶液流延製膜法
 光学フィルムを溶液流延製膜法で製造する方法は、A1)少なくとも樹脂と本発明に係る一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物、及び必要に応じて他の添加剤とを溶剤に溶解させてドープを調製する工程、A2)ドープを無端の金属支持体上に流延する工程、A3)流延したドープから溶媒を蒸発させてウェブとする工程、A4)ウェブを金属支持体から剥離する工程、A5)ウェブを乾燥後、必要な場合には延伸してフィルムを得る工程を含む。
[5.1] Solution casting film forming method The method for producing an optical film by the solution casting film forming method is A1) a compound having at least a resin and a structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention, and A step of preparing a dope by dissolving other additives in a solvent as necessary, A2) a step of casting a dope on an endless metal support, A3) a web by evaporating the solvent from the cast dope And A4) a step of peeling the web from the metal support, and A5) a step of drying the web and then stretching it to obtain a film, if necessary.

 図1は、本発明に好ましい溶液流延製膜方法のドープ調製工程、流延工程、乾燥工程及び延伸工程に用いる装置の一例を模式的に示した図である。 FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing an example of an apparatus used in a dope preparation step, a casting step, a drying step, and a stretching step of a solution casting film forming method preferable for the present invention.

 用いる装置例として、図1中、溶解釜101、濾過器103、106、112、115、ストック釜104、113、送液ポンプ102、105、111、114、導管108、116、添加剤仕込み釜110、合流管120、混合機121、加圧ダイ130、金属ベルト131、ウェブ132、剥離位置133、第1乾燥装置134、延伸装置135、第2乾燥装置136、巻取り装置138、仕込釜141、ストック釜142、ポンプ143、及び濾過器144をそれぞれ挙げることができる。ただし、これに限定されるものではない。 As an example of an apparatus to be used, in FIG. 1, a melting pot 101, filters 103, 106, 112, 115, stock pots 104, 113, liquid feed pumps 102, 105, 111, 114, conduits 108, 116, additive charging pot 110 , Merge pipe 120, mixer 121, pressurizing die 130, metal belt 131, web 132, peeling position 133, first drying device 134, stretching device 135, second drying device 136, winding device 138, charging kettle 141, The stock pot 142, the pump 143, and the filter 144 can be mentioned, respectively. However, it is not limited to this.

 A1)ドープ調製工程
 溶解釜において、樹脂と本発明に係る一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物、及び必要に応じて他の添加剤とを溶剤に溶解させてドープを調製する。
A1) Dope preparation step In a dissolution vessel, a dope is prepared by dissolving a resin, a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention, and, if necessary, other additives in a solvent.

 溶剤は、樹脂、本発明に係る一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物、及びその他の添加剤等を溶解するのであれば、制限なく用いることができる。例えば、塩素系有機溶媒としては、ジクロロメタン、非塩素系有機溶媒としては、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸アミル、アセトン、テトラヒドロフラン、1,3-ジオキソラン、1,4-ジオキサン、シクロヘキサノン、ギ酸エチル、2,2,2-トリフルオロエタノール、2,2,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-1-プロパノール、1,3-ジフルオロ-2-プロパノール、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2-メチル-2-プロパノール、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2-プロパノール、2,2,3,3,3-ペンタフルオロ-1-プロパノール、及びニトロエタン等を挙げることができ、好ましくはジクロロメタン、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、及びアセトン等を用いることができる。 The solvent can be used without limitation as long as it dissolves the resin, the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention, and other additives. For example, as the chlorinated organic solvent, dichloromethane, as the non-chlorinated organic solvent, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2 , 2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2 -Methyl-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, nitroethane, etc. Preferably, dichloromethane, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, acetone and the like can be used.

 ドープは、1~40質量%の炭素原子数1~4の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族アルコールをさらに含有することが好ましい。ドープ中のアルコールの比率が高いと、ウェブがゲル化し、金属支持体からの剥離が容易になる。一方、ドープ中のアルコールの比率が少ないと、非塩素系有機溶媒系でのセルロースアセテートの溶解を促進し得る。 The dope preferably further contains 1 to 40% by mass of a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. When the ratio of the alcohol in the dope is high, the web is gelled and peeling from the metal support becomes easy. On the other hand, when the ratio of alcohol in the dope is small, dissolution of cellulose acetate in a non-chlorine organic solvent system can be promoted.

 炭素原子数1~4の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族アルコールの例には、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、iso-プロパノール、n-ブタノール、sec-ブタノール、及びtert-ブタノール等が含まれる。なかでも、ドープの安定性が高く、沸点が比較的低く、乾燥性が高いこと等から、エタノールが好ましい。 Examples of linear or branched aliphatic alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, tert-butanol and the like. . Of these, ethanol is preferred because of high dope stability, relatively low boiling point, and high drying properties.

 なかでも、ドープは、溶剤のジクロロメタンと炭素数1~4の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族アルコールとを含有することが好ましい。 Among these, the dope preferably contains a solvent dichloromethane and a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

 ドープにおける樹脂の濃度は、乾燥負荷を低減するためには高い方が好ましいが、樹脂の濃度が高すぎるとろ過しにくい。そのため、ドープにおける樹脂の濃度は、好ましくは10~35質量%の範囲内であり、より好ましくは15~25質量%の範囲内である。 The resin concentration in the dope is preferably higher in order to reduce the drying load, but it is difficult to filter if the resin concentration is too high. Therefore, the concentration of the resin in the dope is preferably in the range of 10 to 35% by mass, more preferably in the range of 15 to 25% by mass.

 樹脂を溶剤に溶解させる方法は、例えば、加熱及び加圧下で溶解させる方法であり得る。加熱温度は、樹脂の溶解性を高める観点では、高い方が好ましい。温度が高すぎると圧力を高める必要があり、生産性が低下するため、加熱温度は、45~120℃の範囲内であることが好ましい。 The method of dissolving the resin in the solvent can be, for example, a method of dissolving under heating and pressure. A higher heating temperature is preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the solubility of the resin. If the temperature is too high, it is necessary to increase the pressure, and the productivity is lowered. Therefore, the heating temperature is preferably in the range of 45 to 120 ° C.

 添加剤は、ドープにバッチ添加してもよいし、添加剤溶解液を別途用意してインライン添加してもよい。特に、微粒子は、ろ過材への負荷を減らすために、全部又は一部を、インライン添加することが好ましい。 The additive may be added batchwise to the dope, or an additive solution may be separately prepared and added inline. In particular, it is preferable to add all or part of the fine particles in-line in order to reduce the load on the filter medium.

 添加剤溶解液をインライン添加する場合は、ドープと混合しやすくするため、少量の樹脂を溶解するのが好ましい。好ましい熱可塑性樹脂の含有量は、溶剤100質量部に対して1~10質量部の範囲内とし、より好ましくは3~5質量部の範囲内とし得る。 When adding an additive solution in-line, it is preferable to dissolve a small amount of resin in order to facilitate mixing with the dope. The content of the thermoplastic resin is preferably in the range of 1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 3 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solvent.

 インライン添加及び混合には、例えばスタチックミキサー(東レエンジニアリング製)、SWJ(東レ静止型管内混合器 Hi-Mixer)等のインラインミキサー等が好ましく用いられる。 For in-line addition and mixing, for example, an in-line mixer such as a static mixer (manufactured by Toray Engineering) or SWJ (Toray static type in-pipe mixer Hi-Mixer) is preferably used.

 得られたドープには、例えば原料である樹脂に含まれる不純物等の不溶物が含まれることがある。このような不溶物は、得られたフィルムにおいて輝点異物となり得る。不溶物を除去するため、得られたドープをさらにろ過することが好ましい。 The obtained dope may contain insoluble matters such as impurities contained in a resin as a raw material, for example. Such an insoluble matter can become a bright spot foreign material in the obtained film. In order to remove insoluble matter, it is preferable to further filter the obtained dope.

 ドープのろ過は、得られたフィルムにおける輝点異物の数が一定以下となるように行うことが好ましい。具体的には、径が0.01mm以上である輝点異物の数が、200個/cm以下、好ましくは100個/cm以下、より好ましくは50個/cm以下、さらに好ましくは30個/cm以下、特に好ましくは10個/cm以下となるようにろ過する。 The dope filtration is preferably performed so that the number of bright spot foreign substances in the obtained film is a certain value or less. Specifically, the number of bright spot foreign matters having a diameter of 0.01 mm or more is 200 / cm 2 or less, preferably 100 / cm 2 or less, more preferably 50 / cm 2 or less, and still more preferably 30 Filtration is performed so that the number of particles / cm 2 or less, particularly preferably 10 / cm 2 or less.

 径が0.01mm以下である輝点異物も200個/cm以下であることが好ましく、100個/cm以下であることがより好ましく、50個/cm以下であることがさらに好ましく、30個/cm以下であることがさらに好ましく、10個/cm以下であることが特に好ましく、皆無であることが最も好ましい。 The bright spot foreign matter having a diameter of 0.01 mm or less is also preferably 200 pieces / cm 2 or less, more preferably 100 pieces / cm 2 or less, further preferably 50 pieces / cm 2 or less, It is more preferably 30 pieces / cm 2 or less, particularly preferably 10 pieces / cm 2 or less, and most preferably none.

 フィルムの輝点異物の数は、以下の手順で測定することができる。 The number of bright spot foreign matter on the film can be measured by the following procedure.

 1)2枚の偏光板をクロスニコル状態に配置し、それらの間に得られたフィルムを配置する。 1) Arrange two polarizing plates in a crossed Nicol state, and arrange the film obtained between them.

 2)一方の偏光板の側から光を当てて、他方の偏光板の側から観察したときに、光が漏れてみえる点を異物として数をカウントする。 2) When the light is applied from the side of one polarizing plate and observed from the side of the other polarizing plate, the number where the light appears to leak is counted as a foreign object.

 A2)流延工程
 ドープを、加圧ダイのスリットから無端状の金属支持体上に流延させる。
A2) Casting step The dope is cast on the endless metal support from the slit of the pressure die.

 金属支持体としては、ステンレススチールベルト又は鋳物で表面がメッキ仕上げされたドラム等が好ましく用いられる。金属支持体の表面は、鏡面仕上げされていることが好ましい。 As the metal support, a stainless steel belt or a drum whose surface is plated with a casting is preferably used. The surface of the metal support is preferably mirror-finished.

 キャストの幅は1~4mの範囲内とすることができる。流延工程の金属支持体の表面温度は-50℃以上、溶剤が沸騰して発泡しない温度以下に設定される。温度が高い方がウェブの乾燥速度が速くできるので好ましいが、ウェブの発泡、平面性の低下を防ぐことができる温度の範囲内とする。 The cast width can be in the range of 1-4m. The surface temperature of the metal support in the casting step is set to −50 ° C. or more and below the temperature at which the solvent boils and does not foam. A higher temperature is preferable because the web can be dried at a higher speed, but it is within a temperature range in which foaming of the web and deterioration of flatness can be prevented.

 金属支持体の表面温度は、好ましくは0~100℃の範囲内であり、より好ましくは5~30℃の範囲内である。また、金属支持体を冷却して、ウェブをゲル化させて残留溶媒を多く含んだ状態でドラムから剥離できるようにしてもよい。 The surface temperature of the metal support is preferably in the range of 0 to 100 ° C., more preferably in the range of 5 to 30 ° C. Alternatively, the metal support may be cooled so that the web is gelled and can be peeled off from the drum in a state containing a large amount of residual solvent.

 金属支持体の温度の調整方法は、特に制限されないが、温風又は冷風を吹きかける方法や、温水を金属支持体の裏側に接触させる方法がある。温水を用いる方が熱の伝達が効率的に行われるため、金属支持体の温度が一定になるまでの時間が短く好ましい。 The method for adjusting the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, and there are a method of blowing hot air or cold air, and a method of bringing hot water into contact with the back side of the metal support. It is preferable to use warm water because heat transfer is performed efficiently, so that the time until the temperature of the metal support becomes constant is short.

 温風を用いる場合は溶媒の蒸発潜熱によるウェブの温度低下を考慮して、溶媒の沸点以上の温風を使用しつつ、発泡も防ぎながら目的の温度よりも高い温度の風を使う場合がある。特に、流延から剥離するまでの間で金属支持体の温度及び乾燥風の温度を変更し、効率的に乾燥を行うことが好ましい。 When using warm air, considering the temperature drop of the web due to the latent heat of vaporization of the solvent, while using warm air above the boiling point of the solvent, there may be cases where wind at a temperature higher than the target temperature is used while preventing foaming. . In particular, it is preferable to efficiently dry by changing the temperature of the metal support and the temperature of the drying air during the period from casting to peeling.

 A3)溶媒蒸発工程
 ウェブ(ドープを金属支持体上に流延して得られたドープ膜)を金属支持体上で加熱し、溶媒を蒸発させる。ウェブの乾燥方法や乾燥条件は、前述のA2)流延工程と同様とし得る。
A3) Solvent evaporation step The web (dope film obtained by casting the dope on the metal support) is heated on the metal support to evaporate the solvent. The drying method and drying conditions of the web can be the same as in the above-described A2) casting step.

 A4)剥離工程
 金属支持体上で溶媒を蒸発させたウェブを、金属支持体上の剥離位置で剥離する。
A4) Peeling Step The web obtained by evaporating the solvent on the metal support is peeled off at the peeling position on the metal support.

 金属支持体上の剥離位置で剥離する際のウェブの残留溶媒量は、得られたフィルムの平面性を高めるためには、10~150質量%の範囲内とすることが好ましく、20~40質量%又は60~130質量%の範囲内とすることがより好ましく、20~30質量%又は70~120質量%の範囲内とすることがさらに好ましい。 The residual solvent amount of the web at the time of peeling at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably in the range of 10 to 150% by mass, and 20 to 40% by mass in order to improve the flatness of the obtained film. % Or in the range of 60 to 130% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 20 to 30% by mass or 70 to 120% by mass.

 ウェブの残留溶媒量は、下記式で定義される。 The amount of residual solvent in the web is defined by the following formula.

 残留溶媒量(%)=(ウェブの加熱処理前質量-ウェブの加熱処理後質量)/(ウェブの加熱処理後質量)×100
 なお、残留溶媒量を測定する際の加熱処理は、115℃で1時間の加熱処理を意味する。
Residual solvent amount (%) = (mass before web heat treatment−mass after web heat treatment) / (mass after web heat treatment) × 100
Note that the heat treatment for measuring the residual solvent amount means a heat treatment at 115 ° C. for 1 hour.

 A5)乾燥及び延伸工程
 金属支持体から剥離して得られたウェブを、必要に応じて乾燥させた後、延伸する。ウェブの乾燥は、ウェブを、上下に配置した多数のローラーにより搬送しながら乾燥させてもよいし、ウェブの両端部をクリップで固定して搬送しながら乾燥させてもよい。
A5) Drying and stretching step The web obtained by peeling from the metal support is dried as necessary and then stretched. The web may be dried while being conveyed by a large number of rollers arranged above and below, or may be dried while being conveyed while fixing both ends of the web with clips.

 ウェブの乾燥方法は、熱風、赤外線、加熱ローラー、マイクロ波等で乾燥する方法であってよく、簡便であることから熱風で乾燥する方法が好ましい。 The method for drying the web may be a method of drying with hot air, infrared rays, a heating roller, microwaves, or the like, and a method of drying with hot air is preferable because it is simple.

 ウェブの延伸により、所望の位相差を有する光学フィルムを得る。光学補償フィルムの位相差は、ウェブに対する張力の大きさを調整することで制御することができる。 The optical film having a desired retardation is obtained by stretching the web. The retardation of the optical compensation film can be controlled by adjusting the magnitude of tension on the web.

 ウェブの延伸は、ウェブの幅方向(TD方向)、搬送方向(MD方向)又は斜め方向のいずれかに行う。 The web is stretched in one of the web width direction (TD direction), the transport direction (MD direction), and the diagonal direction.

 本発明の光学フィルムを有機EL表示装置の反射防止等のλ/4位相差フィルムとして用いる場合には、少なくとも斜め方向、具体的にはウェブの搬送方向に対して45°方向に延伸することが好ましい。 When the optical film of the present invention is used as a λ / 4 retardation film for antireflection of an organic EL display device, it can be stretched at least in an oblique direction, specifically in a 45 ° direction with respect to the web conveyance direction. preferable.

 斜め方向への延伸によって、ロール体から巻き出され、長尺方向に吸収軸を有する偏光フィルムと、ロール体から巻き出され、長尺方向に対して45°の角度に遅相軸を有する光学フィルムとを、長尺方向が互いに重なり合うようにロールtoロールで貼り合わせるだけで、円偏光板を容易に製造できる。フィルムのカットロスも少なくすることができ、生産上有利である。 A polarizing film unwound from the roll body by stretching in an oblique direction and having an absorption axis in the longitudinal direction, and an optical unwinding from the roll body and having a slow axis at an angle of 45 ° with respect to the longitudinal direction A circularly polarizing plate can be easily produced by simply laminating a film with a roll-to-roll so that the longitudinal directions overlap each other. The cut loss of the film can be reduced, which is advantageous in production.

 ウェブの延伸は、一軸延伸であっても、二軸延伸であってもよい。二軸延伸は、逐次二軸延伸であっても同時二軸延伸であってもよい。 The web may be stretched uniaxially or biaxially. Biaxial stretching may be sequential biaxial stretching or simultaneous biaxial stretching.

 延伸倍率は、得られた光学フィルムの膜厚や、求められる位相差にもよるが、例えば、互いに直交する二軸方向の延伸倍率は、それぞれ最終的には流延方向に0.8~1.5倍の範囲内、幅方向に1.1~2.5倍の範囲内であることが好ましく、流延方向に0.8~1.0倍の範囲内、幅方向に1.2~2.0倍に範囲内であることがより好ましい。斜め方向の延伸倍率は、1.1~5.0倍の範囲内であることが好ましく、1.2~2.5倍の範囲内であることがより好ましい。 The draw ratio depends on the film thickness of the obtained optical film and the required retardation, but for example, the draw ratio in the biaxial direction perpendicular to each other is finally 0.8 to 1 in the casting direction. Within a range of 5 times, preferably within a range of 1.1 to 2.5 times in the width direction, within a range of 0.8 to 1.0 times in the casting direction, and 1.2 to 2 times in the width direction It is more preferable to be within the range of 2.0 times. The stretching ratio in the oblique direction is preferably in the range of 1.1 to 5.0 times, more preferably in the range of 1.2 to 2.5 times.

 なお、延伸倍率は、延伸前後の延伸方向でのフィルムの長さの比の値W/W0(Wは延伸前、W0は延伸後の長さを表す)で表される。延伸倍率1.0は、延伸しないことを表す。 The draw ratio is represented by the ratio W / W0 of the film length in the drawing direction before and after stretching (W represents the length before stretching, and W0 represents the length after stretching). A draw ratio of 1.0 indicates that the film is not drawn.

 延伸温度は、好ましくは120~230℃の範囲内とし、より好ましくは130~220℃の範囲内とし、さらに好ましくは140℃より大きく210℃以下の範囲内とし得る。 The stretching temperature is preferably in the range of 120 to 230 ° C., more preferably in the range of 130 to 220 ° C., and even more preferably in the range of greater than 140 ° C. and 210 ° C. or less.

 ウェブの延伸方法は、特に制限されず、複数のローラーに周速差をつけ、その周速差を利用して流延方向(搬送方向)に延伸する方法(ローラー延伸法)、ウェブの両端をクリップやピンで固定し、クリップやピンの間隔を流延方向に向かって広げて流延方向に延伸したり、幅方向に広げて幅方向に延伸したり、流延方向と幅方向の両方に広げて流延方向と幅方向の両方に延伸する方法(テンター延伸法)等であってよい。 The stretching method of the web is not particularly limited, and a method of making a difference in circumferential speed between a plurality of rollers and stretching in the casting direction (conveying direction) using the circumferential speed difference (roller stretching method), both ends of the web Fix with clips and pins, widen the gap between clips and pins in the casting direction and stretch in the casting direction, spread in the width direction and stretch in the width direction, both in the casting direction and in the width direction It may be a method of expanding and stretching in both the casting direction and the width direction (tenter stretching method).

 斜め方向に延伸するためには、幅方向の左右を把持する把持手段によってウェブの把持長(把持開始から把持終了までの距離)を左右で独立に制御できるテンターを用いてもよい。これらの延伸方法は、組み合わせてもよい。 In order to extend in the oblique direction, a tenter that can independently control the web gripping length (distance from the start of gripping to the end of gripping) left and right by gripping means that grips the left and right in the width direction may be used. These stretching methods may be combined.

 斜め方向に延伸する機構を有する延伸装置の例には、特開2003-340916号公報の実施例1に記載の延伸装置、特開2005-284024号公報の図1に記載の延伸装置、特開2007-30466号公報に記載の延伸装置、特開2007-94007号公報の実施例1に使用された延伸装置等が含まれる。 Examples of the stretching apparatus having a mechanism for stretching in an oblique direction include the stretching apparatus described in Example 1 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-340916, the stretching apparatus illustrated in FIG. The stretching apparatus described in 2007-30466 and the stretching apparatus used in Example 1 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-94007 are included.

 延伸開始時のウェブの残留溶媒は、好ましくは20質量%以下とし、より好ましくは15質量%以下とし得る。 The residual solvent of the web at the start of stretching is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less.

 延伸後のフィルムを、必要に応じて乾燥させた後、巻き取る。フィルムの乾燥は、前述と同様に、フィルムを、上下に配置した多数のローラーにより搬送しながら乾燥させてもよいし(ローラー方式)、ウェブの両端部をクリップで固定して搬送しながら乾燥させてもよい(テンター方式)。 The film after stretching is dried as necessary and then wound. As described above, the film may be dried while being transported by a large number of rollers arranged on the top and bottom (roller method), or may be dried while being transported while fixing both ends of the web with clips. (Tenter method).

 〔5.2〕溶融流延製膜法
 本発明の光学フィルムは溶融流延製膜法で製膜することもできる。
[5.2] Melt casting film forming method The optical film of the present invention can also be formed by a melt casting film forming method.

 本発明の光学フィルムを溶融流延製膜法で製造する方法は、B1)溶融ペレットを製造する工程(ペレット化工程)、B2)溶融ペレットを溶融混練した後、押し出す工程(溶融押出し工程)、B3)溶融樹脂を冷却固化してウェブを得る工程(冷却固化工程)、B4)ウェブを延伸する工程(延伸工程)、を含む。 The method of producing the optical film of the present invention by the melt casting film forming method is as follows: B1) Step of producing molten pellet (pelletizing step), B2) Step of extruding after melting and kneading the molten pellet (melt extrusion step), B3) a step of cooling and solidifying the molten resin to obtain a web (cooling solidification step), and B4) a step of stretching the web (stretching step).

 B1)ペレット化工程
 光学フィルムの主成分である樹脂と本発明に係る一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物とを含む樹脂組成物は、あらかじめ混練してペレット化しておくことが好ましい。ペレット化は、公知の方法で行うことができ、例えば前述の樹脂と、必要に応じて可塑剤等の添加剤とを含む樹脂組成物を、押出機にて溶融混錬した後、ダイからストランド状に押し出す。ストランド状に押し出された溶融樹脂を、水冷又は空冷した後、カッティングしてペレットを得ることができる。
B1) Pelletizing step The resin composition containing the resin as the main component of the optical film and the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention is preferably kneaded and pelletized in advance. . Pelletization can be performed by a known method. For example, a resin composition containing the above-described resin and, if necessary, an additive such as a plasticizer, is melt-kneaded in an extruder, and then stranded from a die. Extrude into a shape. The molten resin extruded in a strand form can be cooled with water or air, and then cut to obtain pellets.

 ペレットの原材料は、特に本発明に係る一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物の分解を防止するために、押出機に供給する前に乾燥しておくことが好ましい。 In order to prevent decomposition of the compound having a structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention, it is preferable to dry the pellet raw material before supplying it to the extruder.

 また、酸化防止剤を用いる場合は、酸化防止剤と樹脂の混合は、固体同士で混合してもよいし、溶剤に溶解させた酸化防止剤を樹脂に含浸させて混合してもよいし、酸化防止剤を樹脂に噴霧して混合してもよい。また、押出機のフィーダー部分やダイの出口部分の周辺の雰囲気は、ペレットの原材料の劣化を防止するため等から、除湿した空気又は窒素ガス等の雰囲気とすることが好ましい。 Moreover, when using an antioxidant, the mixture of the antioxidant and the resin may be mixed with each other, or the resin may be impregnated with an antioxidant dissolved in a solvent, You may spray and mix antioxidant in resin. The atmosphere around the feeder portion of the extruder and the outlet portion of the die is preferably an atmosphere of dehumidified air or nitrogen gas in order to prevent deterioration of the raw material of the pellet.

 押出機では、樹脂の劣化(分子量の低下、着色、ゲルの生成等)や本発明に係る一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物の分解が生じないように、低いせん断力又は低い温度で混練することが好ましい。例えば、二軸押出機で混練する場合、深溝タイプのスクリューを用いて、二つのスクリューの回転方向を同方向にすることが好ましい。均一に混錬するためには、二つのスクリュー形状が互いに噛み合うようにすることが好ましい。 In the extruder, low shear force or low so as not to cause degradation of the resin (decrease in molecular weight, coloring, gel formation, etc.) or decomposition of the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention. It is preferable to knead at a temperature. For example, when kneading with a twin-screw extruder, it is preferable to use a deep groove type screw so that the rotational directions of the two screws are the same. In order to knead uniformly, it is preferable that two screw shapes mesh with each other.

 樹脂と本発明に係る一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物を含む樹脂組成物をペレット化せずに、溶融混練していない樹脂と本発明に係る一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物とをそのまま原料として押出機にて溶融混練して光学フィルムを製造してもよい。 The resin composition containing the resin and the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention is not pelletized, and is not melt-kneaded and represented by the general formula (A) according to the present invention. An optical film may be produced by using a compound having a structure as it is as a raw material and then melt-kneading with an extruder.

 B2)溶融押出し工程
 得られた溶融ペレットと、必要に応じて他の添加剤とを、ホッパーから押出機に供給する。ペレットの供給は、ペレットの酸化分解を防止するため等から、真空下、減圧下又は不活性ガス雰囲気下で行うことが好ましい。そして、押出機にて、フィルム材料である溶融ペレット、必要に応じて他の添加剤を溶融混練する。
B2) Melt Extrusion Step The obtained molten pellets and other additives as necessary are supplied from the hopper to the extruder. The supply of pellets is preferably performed under vacuum, reduced pressure, or an inert gas atmosphere in order to prevent oxidative decomposition of the pellets. Then, in an extruder, melt pellets that are film materials and, if necessary, other additives are melt-kneaded.

 押出機内のフィルム材料の溶融温度は、フィルム材料の種類にもよるが、フィルムのガラス転移温度をTg(℃)としたときに、好ましくはTg~(Tg+100℃)の範囲内であり、より好ましくは(Tg+10℃)~(Tg+90℃)の範囲内である。 Although the melting temperature of the film material in the extruder depends on the type of the film material, it is preferably in the range of Tg to (Tg + 100 ° C.), more preferably, when the glass transition temperature of the film is Tg (° C.). Is in the range of (Tg + 10 ° C.) to (Tg + 90 ° C.).

 さらに、可塑剤や微粒子等の添加剤を、押出機の途中で添加する場合、これらの成分を均一に混合するために、押出機の下流側に、スタチックミキサー等の混合装置をさらに配置してもよい。 Furthermore, when additives such as plasticizers and fine particles are added in the middle of the extruder, a mixing device such as a static mixer is further arranged on the downstream side of the extruder to uniformly mix these components. May be.

 押出機から押し出された溶融樹脂を、必要に応じてリーフディスクフィルター等でろ過した後、スタチックミキサー等でさらに混合して、ダイからフィルム状に押し出す。 The molten resin extruded from the extruder is filtered through a leaf disc filter or the like as necessary, and further mixed with a static mixer or the like, and extruded from a die into a film.

 押出し流量は、ギヤポンプを用いて安定化させることが好ましい。また、異物の除去に用いるリーフディスクフィルターは、ステンレス繊維焼結フィルターであることが好ましい。ステンレス繊維焼結フィルターは、ステンレス繊維体を複雑に絡み合わせたうえで圧縮し、接触箇所を焼結して一体化したもので、その繊維の太さと圧縮量により密度を変え、ろ過精度を調整できる。 The extrusion flow rate is preferably stabilized using a gear pump. Moreover, it is preferable that the leaf disk filter used for removal of a foreign material is a stainless fiber sintered filter. The stainless steel fiber sintered filter is an integrated, intricately intertwined stainless steel fiber body that is compressed and sintered by integrating the contact points. The density is changed according to the thickness of the fiber and the amount of compression, and the filtration accuracy is adjusted. it can.

 ダイの出口部分における樹脂の溶融温度は、200~300℃程度の範囲内とし得る。 The melting temperature of the resin at the exit of the die can be in the range of about 200-300 ° C.

 B3)冷却固化工程
 ダイから押し出された樹脂を、冷却ローラーと弾性タッチローラーとでニップして、フィルム状の溶融樹脂を所定の厚さにする。そして、フィルム状の溶融樹脂を、複数の冷却ローラーで段階的に冷却して固化させる。
B3) Cooling and solidifying step The resin extruded from the die is nipped between the cooling roller and the elastic touch roller to make the film-like molten resin a predetermined thickness. Then, the film-like molten resin is cooled and solidified stepwise by a plurality of cooling rollers.

 冷却ローラーの表面温度は、得られたフィルムのガラス転移温度をTgとしたとき、Tg以下とし得る。複数の冷却ローラーの表面温度は異なっていてもよい。 The surface temperature of the cooling roller can be Tg or less, where Tg is the glass transition temperature of the obtained film. The surface temperatures of the plurality of cooling rollers may be different.

 弾性タッチローラーは挟圧回転体ともいう。弾性タッチローラーは、市販のものを用いることもできる。弾性タッチローラー側のフィルム表面温度は、フィルムのTg~(Tg+110℃)の範囲とし得る。 The elastic touch roller is also called a pinching rotary body. A commercially available elastic touch roller can also be used. The film surface temperature on the elastic touch roller side can be in the range of Tg to (Tg + 110 ° C.) of the film.

 冷却ローラーから固化したフィルム状の溶融樹脂を剥離ローラー等で剥離してウェブを得る。フィルム状の溶融樹脂を剥離する際は、得られたウェブの変形を防止するために、張力を調整することが好ましい。 The film-like molten resin solidified from the cooling roller is peeled off with a peeling roller or the like to obtain a web. When peeling the film-like molten resin, it is preferable to adjust the tension in order to prevent deformation of the obtained web.

 B4)延伸工程
 得られたウェブを、延伸機にて延伸してフィルムを得る。延伸は、ウェブの幅方向、搬送方向又は斜め方向のいずれかに行う。
B4) Stretching step The obtained web is stretched with a stretching machine to obtain a film. Stretching is performed in any of the web width direction, the conveyance direction, or the oblique direction.

 本発明の光学フィルムを有機EL表示装置の反射防止等のλ/4位相差フィルムとして用いる場合には、少なくとも斜め方向、具体的にはウェブの搬送方向に対して45°方向に延伸することが好ましい。 When the optical film of the present invention is used as a λ / 4 retardation film for antireflection of an organic EL display device, it can be stretched at least in an oblique direction, specifically in a 45 ° direction with respect to the web conveyance direction. preferable.

 ウェブの延伸方法、延伸倍率及び延伸温度は、溶液流延製膜法と同様であることが好ましい。 The web stretching method, stretching ratio and stretching temperature are preferably the same as in the solution casting film forming method.

 〔6〕光学フィルムの用途例
 〔6.1〕偏光板
 本発明の光学フィルムは、本発明の偏光板、それを用いた本発明の表示装置として液晶表示装置又は有機ELディスプレイ等に使用することができる。本発明の光学フィルムは、偏光板保護フィルム又は位相差フィルムとして用いることができる。位相差フィルムの場合は、偏光板保護フィルムの機能を兼ねたフィルムとされることが好ましく、その場合偏光板保護フィルムと別に位相差を有する光学フィルムを用意する必要がないため、液晶表示装置の厚さを薄く、かつ製造プロセスを簡略化することができる。
[6] Application example of optical film [6.1] Polarizing plate The optical film of the present invention is used for a liquid crystal display device or an organic EL display as a polarizing plate of the present invention and a display device of the present invention using the polarizing film. Can do. The optical film of the present invention can be used as a polarizing plate protective film or a retardation film. In the case of a retardation film, it is preferable that the film also serves as a polarizing plate protective film. In that case, it is not necessary to prepare an optical film having a retardation separately from the polarizing plate protective film. The thickness can be reduced and the manufacturing process can be simplified.

 液晶表示装置の表面側に用いられる偏光板保護フィルムの場合は、防眩層又はクリアハードコート層のほか、反射防止層、帯電防止層、防汚層、バックコート層を有することが好ましい。 In the case of a polarizing plate protective film used on the surface side of a liquid crystal display device, it is preferable to have an antireflection layer, an antistatic layer, an antifouling layer, and a backcoat layer in addition to an antiglare layer or a clear hard coat layer.

 偏光板の主たる構成要素である偏光子とは、一定方向の偏波面の光だけを通す素子であり、現在知られている代表的な偏光子は、ポリビニルアルコール系偏光フィルムで、これはポリビニルアルコール系フィルムにヨウ素を染色させたものと二色性染料を染色させたものがある。 A polarizer, which is a main component of a polarizing plate, is an element that allows only light of a plane of polarization in a certain direction to pass. A typical polarizer currently known is a polyvinyl alcohol-based polarizing film, which is polyvinyl alcohol. There are one in which iodine is dyed on a system film and one in which dichroic dye is dyed.

 偏光子は、ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を製膜し、これを一軸延伸させて染色するか、染色した後一軸延伸してから、好ましくはホウ素化合物で耐久性処理を行ったものが用いられている。偏光子の膜厚は5~30μmの範囲内が好ましく、特に10~20μmの範囲内であることが好ましい。 The polarizer is formed by forming a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution into a film and dyeing the film by uniaxial stretching or dyeing or uniaxially stretching, and then performing a durability treatment with a boron compound. The thickness of the polarizer is preferably in the range of 5 to 30 μm, particularly preferably in the range of 10 to 20 μm.

 本発明に係る偏光板は一般的な方法で作製することができる。本発明の光学フィルムの偏光子側をアルカリケン化処理し、ヨウ素溶液中に浸漬延伸して作製した偏光子の少なくとも一方の面に、完全ケン化型ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を用いて貼り合わせることが好ましい。 The polarizing plate according to the present invention can be produced by a general method. The optical film of the present invention is preferably bonded to at least one surface of a polarizer prepared by subjecting the polarizer side of the optical film to alkali saponification treatment and immersion drawing in an iodine solution using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution. .

 また、本発明の光学フィルムを前記偏光子に接着剤や粘着剤を用いて貼合することも好ましい。その場合は、活性エネルギー線硬化性接着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、エポキシ系粘着剤、水性高分子-イソシアネート系粘着剤、熱硬化型アクリル粘着剤等の硬化型粘着剤、湿気硬化ウレタン粘着剤、ポリエーテルメタクリレート型、エステル系メタクリレート型、酸化型ポリエーテルメタクリレート等の嫌気性粘着剤、シアノアクリレート系の瞬間粘着剤、アクリレートとペルオキシド系の2液型瞬間粘着剤などを用いることができる。上記粘着剤としては1液型であってもよいし、使用前に2液以上を混合して使用する2液型であってもよい。接着剤は、有機溶剤を媒体とする溶剤系であってもよいし、水を主成分とする媒体であるエマルジョン型、コロイド分散液型、水溶液型等の水系であってもよいし、無溶剤型であってもよい。接着剤液の濃度は、接着後の膜厚、塗布方法、塗布条件等により適宜決定されれば良く、通常は0.1~50質量%である。 Moreover, it is also preferable to bond the optical film of the present invention to the polarizer using an adhesive or a pressure-sensitive adhesive. In that case, curable adhesives such as active energy ray-curable adhesives, urethane adhesives, epoxy adhesives, aqueous polymer-isocyanate adhesives, thermosetting acrylic adhesives, moisture-curing urethane adhesives, An anaerobic adhesive such as polyether methacrylate type, ester methacrylate type, and oxidized polyether methacrylate, cyanoacrylate instantaneous adhesive, acrylate and peroxide type two-component instantaneous adhesive, and the like can be used. The pressure-sensitive adhesive may be a one-component type or a two-component type in which two or more components are mixed before use. The adhesive may be a solvent system using an organic solvent as a medium, or an aqueous system such as an emulsion type, a colloidal dispersion liquid type, or an aqueous solution type that is a medium containing water as a main component, or a solvent-free type. It may be a mold. The concentration of the adhesive solution may be appropriately determined depending on the film thickness after bonding, the coating method, the coating conditions, and the like, and is usually 0.1 to 50% by mass.

 もう一方の面には本発明の光学フィルムや他の偏光板保護フィルムを貼合することができる。本発明の光学フィルムは液晶表示装置に具備された際に、偏光子の液晶セルとは反対側の面に配置されることが好ましく、その場合、偏光子のもう一方の面に貼合するフィルムには、従来の偏光板保護フィルムや位相差フィルムを用いることができる。 On the other side, the optical film of the present invention or other polarizing plate protective film can be bonded. When the optical film of the present invention is provided in a liquid crystal display device, the optical film is preferably disposed on the surface of the polarizer opposite to the liquid crystal cell. In this case, the film is bonded to the other surface of the polarizer. A conventional polarizing plate protective film or retardation film can be used.

 例えば、従来の偏光板保護フィルムとしては、市販のセルロースエステルフィルム(例えば、コニカミノルタタック KC8UX、KC5UX、KC8UCR3、KC8UCR4、KC8UCR5、KC8UY、KC6UY、KC4UY、KC4UE、KC8UE、KC8UY-HA、KC8UX-RHA、KC8UXW-RHA-C、KC8UXW-RHA-NC、KC4UXW-RHA-NC、以上コニカミノルタ(株)製)が好ましく用いられる。 For example, as a conventional polarizing plate protective film, a commercially available cellulose ester film (for example, Konica Minoltack KC8UX, KC5UX, KC8UCR3, KC8UCR4, KC8UCR5, KC8UY, KC6UY, KC4UY, KC4UE, KC8UE-HA, KC8UY-HA, HAC KC8UXW-RHA-C, KC8UXW-RHA-NC, KC4UXW-RHA-NC, manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.) are preferably used.

 〔6.2〕液晶表示装置
 本発明の光学フィルムを用いた偏光板を液晶表示装置に用いることによって、種々の視認性に優れた本発明の表示装置を作製することができる。
[6.2] Liquid Crystal Display Device By using a polarizing plate using the optical film of the present invention for a liquid crystal display device, various display devices of the present invention having excellent visibility can be produced.

 本発明の光学フィルム、偏光板はSTN、TN、OCB、HAN、VA(MVA、PVA)、IPS、OCBなどの各種駆動方式の液晶表示装置に用いることができる。 The optical film and polarizing plate of the present invention can be used in liquid crystal display devices of various drive systems such as STN, TN, OCB, HAN, VA (MVA, PVA), IPS, OCB.

 特にVA(MVA、PVA)型液晶表示装置及びIPS型液晶表示装置に用いられることが好ましい。 In particular, it is preferably used for VA (MVA, PVA) type liquid crystal display devices and IPS type liquid crystal display devices.

 特に画面が30型以上の大画面の液晶表示装置であっても、光漏れによる黒表示時の着色を低減し、正面コントラストなど視認性に優れた液晶表示装置を得ることができる。 In particular, even a large-screen liquid crystal display device having a 30-inch or larger screen can reduce coloration during black display due to light leakage and can provide a liquid crystal display device with excellent visibility such as front contrast.

 前述のとおり、本発明の光学フィルムは、液晶表示装置が液晶セルを挟んで2枚の偏光板を有する構成の場合は、LEDバックライト側の偏光板保護フィルムか、又は液晶表示装置の表面側の偏光板保護フィルムとして配置されることが好ましい。 As described above, the optical film of the present invention is a polarizing plate protective film on the LED backlight side or the surface side of the liquid crystal display device when the liquid crystal display device has two polarizing plates with the liquid crystal cell sandwiched therebetween. It is preferable to arrange as a polarizing plate protective film.

 〔6.3〕有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置
 本発明の光学フィルムは、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置に好適に用いることができる。
[6.3] Organic electroluminescence display device The optical film of the present invention can be suitably used for an organic electroluminescence (EL) display device.

 有機EL表示装置は有機EL素子を用いた表示装置である。有機EL素子は一対の電極からの電流注入によって発光する有機発光材料を含む素子である。陰極から注入された電子と陽極から注入された正孔が有機発光材料内で再結合する際のエネルギーを光として外部へ取り出すものである。 The organic EL display device is a display device using an organic EL element. An organic EL element is an element including an organic light emitting material that emits light by current injection from a pair of electrodes. The energy when electrons injected from the cathode and holes injected from the anode are recombined in the organic light emitting material is taken out as light.

 有機EL表示装置は、封止材料、光反射電極、発光層、透明電極層、透明基板をこの順に有しており、本発明の光学フィルムは、前記透明基板の発光層とは反対側の表面に貼合されるか、又は前記透明基板として用いることが好ましい。 The organic EL display device has a sealing material, a light reflecting electrode, a light emitting layer, a transparent electrode layer, and a transparent substrate in this order, and the optical film of the present invention has a surface opposite to the light emitting layer of the transparent substrate. It is preferable to be used as the transparent substrate.

 封止材料は、発光層等の有機層を外部からの酸素や水分等を遮断して保護する機能を有し、アルミ箔のような酸素透過率や水分透過率等が極めて小さい材料が用いられる。 The sealing material has a function of protecting an organic layer such as a light emitting layer by blocking oxygen and moisture from the outside, and a material having extremely small oxygen permeability, moisture permeability, etc., such as aluminum foil is used. .

 光反射電極は、光反射率の高い金属材料で構成されていることが好ましい。金属材料の例には、Mg、MgAg、MgIn、Al、LiAl等が含まれる。光反射電極の表面が平坦であるほど、光の乱反射を防止できるので好ましい。 The light reflecting electrode is preferably made of a metal material having a high light reflectance. Examples of the metal material include Mg, MgAg, MgIn, Al, LiAl, and the like. The flatter surface of the light reflecting electrode is preferable because irregular reflection of light can be prevented.

 光反射電極は、スパッタリング法により形成され得る。光反射電極は、パターニングされていてもよい。パターニングは、エッチングにより行われる。 The light reflecting electrode can be formed by a sputtering method. The light reflecting electrode may be patterned. Patterning is performed by etching.

 発光層は、R(レッド)、G(グリーン)及びB(ブルー)の発光層を含む。各発光層は、発光材料を含有する。発光材料は、無機化合物であっても、有機化合物であってもよく、好ましくは有機化合物である。 The light emitting layer includes R (red), G (green) and B (blue) light emitting layers. Each light emitting layer contains a light emitting material. The light emitting material may be an inorganic compound or an organic compound, and is preferably an organic compound.

 R、G、Bの各発光層は、電荷輸送材料をさらに含み、電荷輸送層としての機能をさらに有していてもよい。R、G、Bの各発光層は、ホール輸送材料をさらに含み、ホール輸送層としての機能をさらに有していてもよい。R、G、Bの各発光層が、電荷輸送材料又はホール輸送材料を含まない場合、有機EL表示装置は、電荷輸送層又はホール輸送層をさらに有し得る。 Each of the R, G, and B light emitting layers may further include a charge transport material and further have a function as a charge transport layer. Each of the R, G, and B light emitting layers further includes a hole transport material, and may further have a function as a hole transport layer. When each of the R, G, and B light emitting layers does not include a charge transport material or a hole transport material, the organic EL display device may further include a charge transport layer or a hole transport layer.

 発光層は、発光材料を蒸着して形成することができる。R、G、Bの各発光層は、それぞれパターニングされて得られる。パターニングは、フォトマスク等を用いて行うことができる。 The light emitting layer can be formed by evaporating a light emitting material. Each of the R, G, and B light emitting layers is obtained by patterning. Patterning can be performed using a photomask or the like.

 透明電極層は、一般的には、ITO(酸化インジウムスズ)電極であり得る。透明電極層16は、スパッタリング法等により形成され得る。透明電極層16は、パターニングされていてもよい。パターニングは、エッチングにより行うことができる。有機ELの発光光はこちら側から取り出される。 The transparent electrode layer can generally be an ITO (indium tin oxide) electrode. The transparent electrode layer 16 can be formed by a sputtering method or the like. The transparent electrode layer 16 may be patterned. Patterning can be performed by etching. The light emitted from the organic EL is extracted from this side.

 透明基板は、光を透過させ得るものであればよく、ガラス基板、プラスチックフィルム等であり得る。 The transparent substrate may be any material that can transmit light, and may be a glass substrate, a plastic film, or the like.

 有機EL表示装置は、光反射電極と透明電極層間を通電させると、発光層が発光し、画像を表示することができる。また、R、G及びBの発光層のそれぞれが通電可能に構成されていることで、フルカラー画像の表示が可能となる。 When the organic EL display device is energized between the light reflecting electrode and the transparent electrode layer, the light emitting layer emits light and can display an image. In addition, since each of the R, G, and B light-emitting layers is configured to be energized, a full-color image can be displayed.

 本発明の光学フィルムは、前述した構成を有する有機EL表示装置だけでなく、国際特許出願第96/34514号、特開平9-127885号公報及び同11-45058号公報に記載の有機EL表示装置にも適用することができる。 The optical film of the present invention includes not only the organic EL display device having the above-described configuration, but also the organic EL display device described in International Patent Application Nos. 96/34514, JP-A Nos. 9-127585 and 11-45058. It can also be applied to.

 以下、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、実施例において「部」又は「%」の表示を用いるが、特に断りがない限り「質量部」又は「質量%」を表す。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, although the display of "part" or "%" is used in an Example, unless otherwise indicated, "mass part" or "mass%" is represented.

 〔1〕光学フィルムの作製
 〔光学フィルム101の作製〕
 下記成分を、ディゾルバーで50分間撹拌混合した後、マントンゴーリンで分散させて、微粒子分散液を調製した。
[1] Production of optical film [Production of optical film 101]
The following components were stirred and mixed with a dissolver for 50 minutes, and then dispersed with Manton Gorin to prepare a fine particle dispersion.

 (微粒子分散液)
 微粒子(アエロジル R972V 日本アエロジル(株)製):
                            11質量部
 エタノール:                     89質量部
 下記微粒子添加液の成分のうち、ジクロロメタンを溶解タンクに投入し、調製した微粒子分散液を下記の添加量で、十分撹拌しながらゆっくりと添加した。次いで、微粒子の二次粒子の粒径が所定の大きさとなるようにアトライターにて分散させた後、ファインメットNF(日本精線(株)製)でろ過して、微粒子添加液を得た。
(Fine particle dispersion)
Fine particles (Aerosil R972V manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.):
11 parts by mass Ethanol: 89 parts by mass Of the components of the following fine particle addition liquid, dichloromethane was charged into the dissolution tank, and the prepared fine particle dispersion was slowly added in the following addition amount with sufficient stirring. Subsequently, after being dispersed with an attritor so that the particle size of the secondary particles of the fine particles becomes a predetermined size, the fine particles are filtered through Finemet NF (manufactured by Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd.) to obtain a fine particle additive solution. .

 (微粒子添加液)
 ジクロロメタン:                   99質量部
 微粒子分散液:                     5質量部
 下記ドープの成分のうち、ジクロロメタンとエタノールを加圧溶解タンクに投入した。次いで、下記セルロースエステル、一般式(1)で表される構造を有する例示化合物1、糖エステルS及び調製した微粒子添加液を撹拌しながら投入し、加熱、撹拌して完全に溶解させた。得られた溶液を、安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.244を使用してろ過し、ドープ1を調製した。
(Particulate additive solution)
Dichloromethane: 99 parts by mass Fine particle dispersion: 5 parts by mass Of the following dope components, dichloromethane and ethanol were charged into a pressurized dissolution tank. Next, the following cellulose ester, Exemplified Compound 1 having the structure represented by the general formula (1), sugar ester S and the prepared fine particle additive solution were added with stirring, and heated and stirred to completely dissolve. The obtained solution was used as Azumi filter paper No. manufactured by Azumi Filter Paper Co., Ltd. Using 244, the dope 1 was prepared by filtration.

 (ドープ1の調製)
 ジクロロメタン:                  520質量部
 エタノール:                     45質量部
 セルロースエステル(セルロースアセテート(TAC):アセチル基置換
度2.80、重量平均分子量20万)          100質量部
 例示化合物1:                   0.1質量部
 糖エステルS:                     5質量部
 微粒子添加液:                     1質量部
 以下に、可塑剤として加えた糖エステルSの構造を示す。
(Preparation of dope 1)
Dichloromethane: 520 parts by mass Ethanol: 45 parts by mass Cellulose ester (cellulose acetate (TAC): degree of acetyl group substitution 2.80, weight average molecular weight 200,000) 100 parts by mass Exemplary compound 1: 0.1 part by mass Sugar ester S: 5 Part by mass Particulate additive solution: 1 part by mass The structure of sugar ester S added as a plasticizer is shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045

得られたドープを、無端ベルト流延装置を用いて、ステンレスベルト支持体上に均一に流延させた。ステンレスベルト支持体上で、流延(キャスト)したドープ膜中の溶媒を、残留溶媒量が75質量%になるまで蒸発させ、得られたウェブをステンレスベルト支持体上から剥離した。剥離したウェブを、テンター延伸装置のクリップで把持しながら搬送した。次いで、得られたフィルムを、乾燥ゾーン内で、多数のローラーで搬送させながら乾燥させた。テンタークリップで把持していたフィルムの幅方向端部をレーザーカッターでスリット除去した後、巻き取って原反フィルムを得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045

The obtained dope was uniformly cast on a stainless belt support using an endless belt casting apparatus. On the stainless steel belt support, the solvent in the dope film cast (cast) was evaporated until the residual solvent amount became 75% by mass, and the obtained web was peeled from the stainless steel belt support. The peeled web was conveyed while being gripped by a clip of a tenter stretching apparatus. Next, the obtained film was dried while being conveyed by a number of rollers in a drying zone. The width direction end of the film held by the tenter clip was slit-removed with a laser cutter, and then wound up to obtain an original film.

 得られた原反フィルムを巻き出して、原反フィルムのガラス転移温度Tg+20℃の延伸温度、1.10倍の延伸倍率にて、フィルムの幅手方向に延伸し、光学フィルム101を得た。光学フィルム101の膜厚は50μmであった。 The obtained raw film was unwound and stretched in the width direction of the film at a stretching temperature of glass transition temperature Tg + 20 ° C. and a stretching ratio of 1.10 times to obtain an optical film 101. The film thickness of the optical film 101 was 50 μm.

 〔光学フィルム102~108の作製〕
 光学フィルム101の作製において、例示化合物1を表I記載の化合物に代えた以外は同様にして、光学フィルム102~108を作製した。
〔光学フィルム109の作製〕
 ドープ1の調製を以下のように代えた以外は同様にして、ドープ2を用いて、光学フィルム109を作製した。
[Production of optical films 102 to 108]
Optical films 102 to 108 were produced in the same manner as in the production of the optical film 101 except that Exemplified Compound 1 was replaced with the compounds described in Table I.
[Production of optical film 109]
An optical film 109 was produced using the dope 2 in the same manner except that the preparation of the dope 1 was changed as follows.

 (ドープ3の調製)
 ジクロロメタン:                  520質量部
 エタノール:                     45質量部
 セルロースエステル(セルロースアセテート:アセチル基置換度2.80
、重量平均分子量20万)               100質量部
 糖エステルS:                     5質量部
 例示化合物39:                  0.1質量部
 例示化合物129:                 0.1質量部
 微粒子添加液:                     1質量部
〔光学フィルム110及び111の作製〕
 光学フィルム101の作製において、例示化合物1を下記の比較化合物1又は2に代えた以外は同様にして、光学フィルム110及び111を作製した。
(Preparation of dope 3)
Dichloromethane: 520 parts by mass Ethanol: 45 parts by mass Cellulose ester (cellulose acetate: acetyl group substitution degree 2.80)
, Weight average molecular weight 200,000) 100 parts by weight Sugar ester S: 5 parts by weight Exemplary compound 39: 0.1 part by weight Exemplary compound 129: 0.1 part by weight Particulate additive solution: 1 part by weight [Preparation of optical films 110 and 111 ]
Optical films 110 and 111 were prepared in the same manner as in the production of the optical film 101 except that the exemplified compound 1 was replaced with the following comparative compound 1 or 2.

 〔光学フィルム112の作製〕
 光学フィルム109の作製において、例示化合物39及び例示化合物129を、下記比較化合物1及び比較化合物2(特開2015-36796号公報に記載)に代えた以外は同様にして、光学フィルム112を作製した。
[Preparation of optical film 112]
In the production of the optical film 109, the optical film 112 was produced in the same manner except that the exemplified compound 39 and the exemplified compound 129 were replaced with the following comparative compound 1 and comparative compound 2 (described in JP-A-2015-36796). .

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046

〔光学フィルム113の作製〕
 〈アクリル共重合体の合成〉
 攪拌機を備えた内容積40リットルのSUS製重合反応装置に、脱イオン水24リットルを入れ、分散安定剤としてアニオン系高分子化合物水溶液30g、分散安定助剤として硫酸ナトリウム36gを加え攪拌・溶解させた。また、別の攪拌機を備えた容器に、メタクリル酸メチル9600g、メタクリル酸イソボルニル2400gの単量体混合物に、重合開始剤として2,2′-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル12g、連鎖移動剤としてn-オクチルメルカプタン24g、離型剤としてステアリルアルコール24gを加え攪拌・溶解させた。このようにして得られた重合開始剤、連鎖移動剤及び離形剤を溶解した単量体混合物を、上述した攪拌機を備えた内容積40リットルのSUS製重合反応装置(脱イオン水、分散安定剤及び分散安定助剤を収容する)に投入し、窒素置換しながら175rpmで15分間攪拌した。その後、80℃に加温して重合を開始させ、重合発熱ピーク終了後、115℃で10分間の熱処理を行い、重合を完結させた。得られたビーズ状重合体を濾過、水洗し、80℃で24hr乾燥し、メタクリル酸メチルとメタクリル酸イソボルニルのアクリル共重合体(重量平均分子量15万)を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046

[Preparation of optical film 113]
<Synthesis of acrylic copolymer>
In a 40-liter SUS polymerization reactor equipped with a stirrer, 24 liters of deionized water was added, and 30 g of an anionic polymer compound aqueous solution as a dispersion stabilizer and 36 g of sodium sulfate as a dispersion stabilizer were added and stirred and dissolved. It was. Further, in a container equipped with another stirrer, a monomer mixture of 9600 g of methyl methacrylate and 2400 g of isobornyl methacrylate, 12 g of 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile as a polymerization initiator, and n-as a chain transfer agent. 24 g of octyl mercaptan and 24 g of stearyl alcohol as a release agent were added and stirred and dissolved. The monomer mixture in which the polymerization initiator, the chain transfer agent and the release agent thus obtained were dissolved was converted into a 40-liter SUS polymerization reaction apparatus (deionized water, dispersion-stabilized) equipped with the stirrer described above. Containing the agent and the dispersion stabilizing aid) and stirred at 175 rpm for 15 minutes while purging with nitrogen. Thereafter, the polymerization was started by heating to 80 ° C., and after completion of the polymerization exothermic peak, a heat treatment was performed at 115 ° C. for 10 minutes to complete the polymerization. The obtained bead polymer was filtered, washed with water, and dried at 80 ° C. for 24 hours to obtain an acrylic copolymer of methyl methacrylate and isobornyl methacrylate (weight average molecular weight 150,000).

 (ドープ4の調製)
 アクリル共重合体(MMA80質量%とイソボルニルメタクリレート20
質量%の共重合体)                  100質量部
 例示化合物37:                  0.1質量部
 マット剤:R972V(日本アエロジル(株)製、シリカ粒子、平均粒径
=16nm)                     0.3質量部
 剥離助剤:エレカットS412(竹本油脂社製)    0.5質量部
 ジクロロメタン                   300質量部
 エタノール                      40質量部
 上記調製したドープ4を、ベルト流延装置を用い、温度22℃、2m幅でステンレスバンド支持体に均一に流延した。ステンレスバンド支持体で、残留溶剤量が100%になるまで溶媒を蒸発させ、剥離張力162N/mでステンレスバンド支持体上からウェブを剥離した。
(Preparation of dope 4)
Acrylic copolymer (MMA 80% by mass and isobornyl methacrylate 20
100% by weight Copolymer) 100 parts by weight Exemplary compound 37: 0.1 part by weight Matting agent: R972V (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd., silica particles, average particle size = 16 nm) 0.3 part by weight Peeling aid: ELECUT S412 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.) 0.5 parts by mass Dichloromethane 300 parts by mass Ethanol 40 parts by mass Using the belt casting apparatus, uniformly cast the dope 4 on a stainless steel band support at a temperature of 22 ° C. and a width of 2 m. did. With the stainless steel band support, the solvent was evaporated until the residual solvent amount reached 100%, and the web was peeled off from the stainless steel band support with a peeling tension of 162 N / m.

 次いで、剥離したウェブを35℃で溶媒を蒸発させ、1m幅にスリットし、その後、ゾーン延伸で搬送方向(MD方向)に1.1倍、テンター延伸で幅手方向(TD方向)に1.1倍延伸しながら、135℃の乾燥温度で乾燥させた。この時、テンターによる延伸を開始したときの残留溶媒量は、8質量%であった。 Next, the peeled web was evaporated at 35 ° C., and the solvent was slit to 1 m width, then 1.1 times in the transport direction (MD direction) by zone stretching, and 1. in the width direction (TD direction) by tenter stretching. It was made to dry at 135 degreeC drying temperature, extending | stretching 1 time. At this time, the residual solvent amount when starting stretching with the tenter was 8 mass%.

 テンターで延伸した後、130℃で5分間の緩和処理を施した後、120℃、140℃の乾燥ゾーンを多数のローラーで搬送させながら乾燥を終了させ、コアに巻き取り、光学フィルム113を作製した。膜厚は40μmであった。 After stretching with a tenter, relaxation treatment is performed at 130 ° C. for 5 minutes, and then drying is completed while transporting a drying zone at 120 ° C. and 140 ° C. with a large number of rollers. did. The film thickness was 40 μm.

 〔光学フィルム114及び115の作製〕
 光学フィルム113の作製において、例示化合物37を表I記載の化合物に代えた以外は同様にして、光学フィルム114及び115を作製した。
[Production of optical films 114 and 115]
Optical films 114 and 115 were produced in the same manner as in the production of the optical film 113 except that the exemplified compound 37 was replaced with the compounds described in Table I.

 〔光学フィルム116の作製〕
 (微粒子分散液及び添加液の調製)
 11.3質量部の微粒子(アエロジル R972V、日本アエロジル(株)製)と、84質量部のエタノールとを、ディゾルバーで50分間撹拌混合した後、マントンゴーリンで分散した。
[Preparation of optical film 116]
(Preparation of fine particle dispersion and additive liquid)
11.3 parts by mass of fine particles (Aerosil R972V, manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) and 84 parts by mass of ethanol were stirred and mixed with a dissolver for 50 minutes, and then dispersed with Manton Gorin.

 溶解タンク中で十分撹拌されているジクロロメタン(100質量部)に、5質量部の微粒子分散液を、ゆっくりと添加した。さらに、二次粒子の粒径が所定の大きさとなるようにアトライターにて分散を行った。これを日本精線(株)製のファインメットNFでろ過し、微粒子添加液を調製した。 5 parts by mass of the fine particle dispersion was slowly added to dichloromethane (100 parts by mass) that was sufficiently stirred in the dissolution tank. Further, the particles were dispersed by an attritor so that the secondary particles had a predetermined particle size. This was filtered with Finemet NF manufactured by Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd. to prepare a fine particle additive solution.

 (ドープ5の調製)
 下記組成のドープ5を調製した。まず加圧溶解タンクにジクロロメタン及びエタノールを添加した。ジクロロメタンの入った加圧溶解タンクにシクロオレフィン系樹脂、添加剤と微粒子添加液を撹拌しながら投入した。これを加熱し、撹拌しながら完全に溶解し、これを安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.244を使用してろ過して、ドープ5を調製した。
(Preparation of dope 5)
A dope 5 having the following composition was prepared. First, dichloromethane and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. A cycloolefin resin, an additive, and a fine particle additive solution were added to a pressure dissolution tank containing dichloromethane with stirring. This was heated and completely dissolved with stirring, and this was dissolved in Azumi filter paper No. 1 manufactured by Azumi Filter Paper Co., Ltd. The dope 5 was prepared by filtration using 244.

 (ドープ5の調製)
 シクロオレフィン樹脂(ARTON G7810、JSR(株)製:表I
中COPと表記)                   100質量部
 ジクロロメタン                   200質量部
 エタノール                      10質量部
 例示化合物37:                  0.1質量部
 微粒子添加液                      3質量部
 次いで、無端ベルト流延装置を用い、ドープを温度31℃、1800mm幅でステンレスベルト支持体上に均一に流延した。ステンレスベルトの温度は28℃に制御した。ステンレスベルトの搬送速度は20m/minとした。
(Preparation of dope 5)
Cycloolefin resin (ARTON G7810, manufactured by JSR Corporation: Table I)
100 parts by mass Dichloromethane 200 parts by mass Ethanol 10 parts by mass Exemplified compound 37: 0.1 part by mass Particulate additive solution 3 parts by mass Next, using an endless belt casting apparatus, the dope is made at a temperature of 31 ° C. and a width of 1800 mm. It was cast uniformly on a stainless belt support. The temperature of the stainless steel belt was controlled at 28 ° C. The conveyance speed of the stainless steel belt was 20 m / min.

 ステンレスベルト支持体上で、流延(キャスト)したフィルム中の残留溶剤量が30質量%になるまで溶剤を蒸発させた。次いで、剥離張力128N/mで、ステンレスベルト支持体上から剥離した。剥離したフィルムを、160℃の条件下で幅方向に1.1倍延伸した。延伸開始時の残留溶剤は5質量%であった。次いで、乾燥ゾーンを多数のローラーで搬送させながら乾燥を終了させ、テンタークリップで挟んだ端部をレーザーカッターでスリットし、その後、巻き取り、膜厚40μmの光学フィルム116を得た。 The solvent was evaporated on the stainless steel belt support until the amount of residual solvent in the cast film was 30% by mass. Subsequently, it peeled from the stainless steel belt support body with the peeling tension of 128 N / m. The peeled film was stretched 1.1 times in the width direction at 160 ° C. The residual solvent at the start of stretching was 5% by mass. Next, drying was completed while transporting the drying zone with a large number of rollers, and the end sandwiched between tenter clips was slit with a laser cutter, and then wound up to obtain an optical film 116 with a film thickness of 40 μm.

 〔光学フィルム117及び118の作製〕
 光学フィルム116の作製において、例示化合物37を表I記載の化合物に代えた以外は同様にして、光学フィルム117及び118を作製した。
[Preparation of optical films 117 and 118]
Optical films 117 and 118 were produced in the same manner as in the production of the optical film 116 except that the exemplified compound 37 was replaced with the compounds described in Table I.

 〔光学フィルム119の作製〕
 〈ポリカーボネートの合成〉
 ポリカーボネートPC-1を、下記モノマー比率にて、界面重合法により作製した。
[Production of Optical Film 119]
<Synthesis of polycarbonate>
Polycarbonate PC-1 was produced by the interfacial polymerization method at the following monomer ratio.

 (ポリカーボネートPC-1の合成)
 界面重合法により、ビスフェノール成分が、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン(以下、BisAと称す)のみからなるポリカーボネートを合成した。
(Synthesis of polycarbonate PC-1)
A polycarbonate having a bisphenol component consisting only of 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane (hereinafter referred to as BisA) was synthesized by interfacial polymerization.

 得られたポリカーボネートを、セイコー電子社製;DSC220を用いて、25℃~350℃まで窒素気流(20ml/分)下に、昇温速度を10℃/分として加熱した後、直ちに急冷して試料の熱履歴を除去し、さらに同一の昇温速度においてJIS K 7121に準拠してガラス転移温度を測定した。この結果、このポリカーボネートのガラス転移温度は154℃であった。 The obtained polycarbonate was heated at 25 ° C. to 350 ° C. under a nitrogen stream (20 ml / min) at a rate of temperature increase of 10 ° C./min using DSC220, and then immediately cooled immediately to obtain a sample. The glass transition temperature was measured according to JIS K 7121 at the same rate of temperature increase. As a result, the glass transition temperature of this polycarbonate was 154 ° C.

 また、上記ポリカーボネートの重量平均分子量を下記測定法に従って測定した結果、60000であり、かつそのプロファイルから重量平均分子量1000以下の成分の含有量は4質量%であった。 Moreover, as a result of measuring the weight average molecular weight of the polycarbonate according to the following measurement method, it was 60000, and the content of components having a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or less was 4% by mass from the profile.

 光学フィルム116の作製において、得られた上記ポリカーボネート(PC-1)をシクロオレフィン樹脂の代わりに同質量部用いた以外は同様にして、光学フィルム119を作製した。
〔光学フィルム120及び121の作製〕
 光学フィルム119の作製において、例示化合物37を表I記載の化合物に代えた以外は同様にして、光学フィルム120及び121を作製した。
〔光学フィルム122の作製〕
 〈ポリイミド溶液Aの調製〉
 乾燥窒素ガス導入管、冷却器、トルエンを満たしたDean-Stark凝集器、撹拌機を備えた4口フラスコに、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)-1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物(酸無水物:ダイキン工業株式会社製)25.59g(57.6mmol)をN,N-ジメチルアセトアミド(134g)に加え、窒素気流下、室温で撹拌した。
An optical film 119 was produced in the same manner as in the production of the optical film 116, except that the same amount of the obtained polycarbonate (PC-1) was used instead of the cycloolefin resin.
[Production of optical films 120 and 121]
Optical films 120 and 121 were produced in the same manner as in the production of the optical film 119 except that the exemplified compound 37 was replaced with the compounds described in Table I.
[Preparation of optical film 122]
<Preparation of polyimide solution A>
To a 4-neck flask equipped with a dry nitrogen gas inlet tube, a condenser, a Dean-Stark agglomerator filled with toluene, and a stirrer, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) -1,1,1, 25,59 g (57.6 mmol) of 3,3,3-hexafluoropropane dianhydride (acid anhydride: manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd.) was added to N, N-dimethylacetamide (134 g) at room temperature under a nitrogen stream. Stir.

 それに4,4′-ジアミノ-2,2′-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ビフェニル(ジアミン:ダイキン工業株式会社製)19.2g(60mmol)を加え、80℃で6時間加熱撹拌した。その後、外温を190℃まで加熱して、イミド化に伴って発生する水をトルエンとともに共沸留去した。6時間加熱、還流、撹拌を続けたところ、水の発生は認められなくなった。引き続きトルエンを留去しながら7時間加熱し、さらにトルエン留去後にメタノールを投入して再沈殿し、固形分を乾燥後に8質量%のジクロロメタン溶液にしてポリイミド樹脂Aを含有するポリイミド溶液Aを調製した。 Then, 19.2 g (60 mmol) of 4,4′-diamino-2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) biphenyl (diamine: manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 80 ° C. for 6 hours. Thereafter, the external temperature was heated to 190 ° C., and water generated along with imidization was distilled off azeotropically with toluene. When heating, refluxing, and stirring were continued for 6 hours, generation of water was not observed. Subsequently, the mixture was heated for 7 hours while distilling off toluene, and after methanol was distilled off, methanol was added for reprecipitation, and the solid content was dried and converted into an 8% by mass dichloromethane solution to prepare polyimide solution A containing polyimide resin A. did.

 (ドープ6の調製)
 下記組成のドープ6を調製した。まず、加圧溶解タンクにジクロロメタン(沸点40℃)を添加した。溶剤の入った加圧溶解タンクに、上記調製したポリイミド溶液A及び残りの成分を撹拌しながら投入した。これを加熱し、撹拌しながら、完全に溶解し、これを安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.244を使用して濾過し、ドープ6を調製した。
(Preparation of dope 6)
A dope 6 having the following composition was prepared. First, dichloromethane (boiling point 40 ° C.) was added to the pressure dissolution tank. The prepared polyimide solution A and the remaining components were charged into a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. While this was heated and stirred, it was completely dissolved, and this was dissolved in Azumi Filter Paper No. The dope 6 was prepared by filtering using 244.

 (ドープ6の調製)
 ジクロロメタン                   350質量部
 ポリイミド溶液A            固形分として100質量部
 例示化合物37:                  0.1質量部
 マット剤(アエロジル R812、日本アエロジル(株)製)
                           0.5質量部
 次いで、無端ベルト流延装置を用い、ドープを温度30℃、1500mm幅でステンレススチールベルト支持体上に均一に流延した。ステンレススチールベルトの温度は30℃に制御した。
(Preparation of dope 6)
Dichloromethane 350 parts by weight Polyimide solution A 100 parts by weight as solid content Exemplary compound 37: 0.1 part by weight Matting agent (Aerosil R812, manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.)
0.5 parts by mass Next, an endless belt casting apparatus was used to uniformly cast the dope on a stainless steel belt support at a temperature of 30 ° C. and a width of 1500 mm. The temperature of the stainless steel belt was controlled at 30 ° C.

 ステンレススチールベルト支持体上で、流延(キャスト)した流延膜中の残留溶剤量が75%になるまで溶剤を蒸発させ、次いで剥離張力180N/mで、ステンレススチールベルト支持体上から剥離した。 On the stainless steel belt support, the solvent was evaporated until the amount of residual solvent in the cast film cast was 75%, and then peeled off from the stainless steel belt support with a peeling tension of 180 N / m. .

 剥離した流延膜は、第1乾燥工程において、延伸開始時の残留溶剤量を所望の値になるように200℃の第1乾燥温度で乾燥しフィルムを得た。 In the first drying step, the peeled cast film was dried at a first drying temperature of 200 ° C. so that the amount of residual solvent at the start of stretching became a desired value to obtain a film.

 次いで乾燥したフィルムを、120℃の熱をかけクリップ式テンターを用いて幅方向に1.1倍延伸した。延伸開始時の残留溶剤量は10質量%であった。 Next, the dried film was heated at 120 ° C. and stretched 1.1 times in the width direction using a clip type tenter. The residual solvent amount at the start of stretching was 10% by mass.

 延伸したフィルムを、搬送張力100N/m、乾燥時間15分間として、残留溶剤量が0.5質量%未満となるまで第2乾燥温度120℃で乾燥させ、乾燥膜厚62μmのポリイミドフィルムを得た。得られたポリイミドフィルムを巻き取って、光学フィルム122を得た。 The stretched film was dried at a second drying temperature of 120 ° C. until the residual solvent amount was less than 0.5% by mass with a transport tension of 100 N / m and a drying time of 15 minutes, to obtain a polyimide film having a dry film thickness of 62 μm. . The obtained polyimide film was wound up to obtain an optical film 122.

 〔光学フィルム123及び124の作製〕
 光学フィルム122の作製において、例示化合物37を表I記載の化合物に代えた以外は同様にして、光学フィルム123及び124を作製した。
[Production of optical films 123 and 124]
Optical films 123 and 124 were produced in the same manner as in the production of the optical film 122 except that the exemplified compound 37 was replaced with the compounds described in Table I.

 〔2〕偏光板の作製
 〔2.1〕水糊による偏光板の作製
 (偏光子の作製)
 厚さ70μmのポリビニルアルコールフィルムを、35℃の水で膨潤させた。得られたフィルムを、ヨウ素0.075g、ヨウ化カリウム5g及び水100gからなる水溶液に60秒間浸漬し、さらにヨウ化カリウム3g、ホウ酸7.5g及び水100gからなる45℃の水溶液に浸漬した。得られたフィルムを、延伸温度55℃、延伸倍率5倍の条件で一軸延伸した。この一軸延伸フィルムを、水洗した後、乾燥させて、厚さ20μmの偏光子を得た。
[2] Production of polarizing plate [2.1] Production of polarizing plate with water glue (Production of polarizer)
A 70 μm thick polyvinyl alcohol film was swollen with water at 35 ° C. The obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution consisting of 0.075 g of iodine, 5 g of potassium iodide and 100 g of water for 60 seconds, and further immersed in an aqueous solution at 45 ° C. consisting of 3 g of potassium iodide, 7.5 g of boric acid and 100 g of water. . The obtained film was uniaxially stretched under conditions of a stretching temperature of 55 ° C. and a stretching ratio of 5 times. The uniaxially stretched film was washed with water and dried to obtain a polarizer having a thickness of 20 μm.

 (偏光板の作製)
 前記作製した光学フィルム101~112を準備し、その表面にコロナ放電処理を施した。なお、コロナ放電処理の条件は、コロナ出力強度2.0kW、ライン速度18m/分とした。次いで、当該フィルムのコロナ放電処理面に、ポリビニルアルコール(クラレ製PVA-117H)3%水溶液を接着剤として、硬化後の膜厚が約3μmとなるようにバーコーターで塗工して接着剤層を形成した。得られた接着剤層に、前記ポリビニルアルコール-ヨウ素系偏光子を貼合した。偏光子のもう一方の面には、コニカミノルタ(株)製コニカミノルタタックKC4UEをそれぞれを貼合して、偏光板を作製した。
(Preparation of polarizing plate)
The produced optical films 101 to 112 were prepared, and the surface thereof was subjected to corona discharge treatment. The corona discharge treatment was performed at a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a line speed of 18 m / min. Next, a 3% aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA-117H manufactured by Kuraray) is used as an adhesive on the corona discharge-treated surface of the film, and the adhesive layer is coated with a bar coater so that the film thickness after curing is about 3 μm. Formed. The polyvinyl alcohol-iodine polarizer was bonded to the obtained adhesive layer. On the other surface of the polarizer, Konica Minolta KC4UE manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd. was bonded to produce a polarizing plate.

 〔2.2〕紫外線硬化型接着剤による偏光板の作製
 (紫外線硬化型接着剤液の調製)
 下記の各成分を混合した後、脱泡して、紫外線硬化型接着剤液を調製した。なお、トリアリールスルホニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェートは、50%プロピレンカーボネート溶液として配合し、下記にはトリアリールスルホニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェートの固形分量を表示した。
[2.2] Preparation of polarizing plate with UV curable adhesive (Preparation of UV curable adhesive liquid)
Each of the following components was mixed and then defoamed to prepare an ultraviolet curable adhesive solution. Triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate was blended as a 50% propylene carbonate solution, and the solid content of triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate was shown below.

 3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル-3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサ
ンカルボキシレート                   45質量部
 エポリードGT-301(ダイセル社製の脂環式エポキシ樹脂)
                            40質量部
 1,4-ブタンジオールジグリシジルエーテル      15質量部
 トリアリールスルホニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート 2.3質量部
 9,10-ジブトキシアントラセン          0.1質量部
 1,4-ジエトキシナフタレン            2.0質量部
 前記作製した光学フィルム113~124を準備し、その表面にコロナ放電処理を施した。なお、コロナ放電処理の条件は、コロナ出力強度2.0kW、ライン速度18m/分とした。次いで、当該フィルムのコロナ放電処理面に、上記紫外線硬化型接着剤として、硬化後の膜厚が約3μmとなるようにバーコーターで塗工して接着剤層を形成した。得られた接着剤層に、前記ポリビニルアルコール-ヨウ素系偏光子を貼合した。偏光子のもう一方の面にも同様にして、コニカミノルタ(株)製コニカミノルタタックKC4UEをそれぞれ貼合して、偏光板を作製した。
3,4-Epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate 45 parts by mass Epolide GT-301 (Daicel's alicyclic epoxy resin)
40 parts by mass 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether 15 parts by mass Triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate 2.3 parts by mass 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene 0.1 parts by mass 1,4-diethoxynaphthalene 2.0 parts by mass The produced optical films 113 to 124 were prepared, and the surface thereof was subjected to corona discharge treatment. The corona discharge treatment was performed at a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a line speed of 18 m / min. Next, an adhesive layer was formed on the corona discharge-treated surface of the film by coating with a bar coater so that the film thickness after curing was about 3 μm as the ultraviolet curable adhesive. The polyvinyl alcohol-iodine polarizer was bonded to the obtained adhesive layer. Similarly, Konica Minolta Konica Minolta KC4UE manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd. was bonded to the other surface of the polarizer to produce a polarizing plate.

 次いで、貼り合わせた積層物の両面側から、ベルトコンベヤー付き紫外線照射装置(ランプは、フュージョンUVシステムズ社製のDバルブを使用)を用いて、積算光量が750mJ/cm2となるように紫外線を照射し、紫外線硬化型接着剤層を硬化させた。 Next, UV light is irradiated from both sides of the bonded laminate using an ultraviolet irradiation device with a belt conveyor (the lamp uses a D bulb manufactured by Fusion UV Systems) so that the integrated light quantity becomes 750 mJ / cm 2. Then, the ultraviolet curable adhesive layer was cured.

 〔3〕液晶表示装置の作製
 上記作製した偏光板の特性を評価するため、IPSモードである(株)日立製作所製液晶テレビ(Wooo W32-L7000)の液晶パネルの観察者側の前面及び背面に貼付している偏光板及び位相差フィルムを剥がし、この剥がした箇所に、上記作製した偏光板を光源側(背面)と視認側(前面)に、それぞれ元々貼合されていた偏光板の透過軸と同一にして、アクリル系透明粘着剤を用いて貼合した。その際、上記光学フィルム101~124を前面側偏光板については視認側、光源側偏光板については光源側となるように配置した。
[3] Production of liquid crystal display device In order to evaluate the characteristics of the produced polarizing plate, the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel of Hitachi Ltd. liquid crystal television (Woooo W32-L7000) in the IPS mode are arranged on the viewer side. The polarizing plate and the retardation film are peeled off, and the transmission axis of the polarizing plate originally bonded to the light source side (rear side) and the viewing side (front side) is respectively attached to the peeled portion. In the same manner as above, an acrylic transparent adhesive was used for bonding. At that time, the optical films 101 to 124 were arranged so that the front side polarizing plate was on the viewer side and the light source side polarizing plate was on the light source side.

 以上から、光学フィルム101~124にそれぞれ対応した、液晶表示装置101~124を作製し以下の評価を実施した。
≪評価≫
 <ヘイズ>
 作製直後の各光学フィルムについて、ヘイズメーター(NDH2000、日本電色工業製)を用いてヘイズ値(%)を測定し,以下の基準で評価した。
From the above, the liquid crystal display devices 101 to 124 corresponding to the optical films 101 to 124 were produced, and the following evaluations were performed.
≪Evaluation≫
<Haze>
About each optical film immediately after preparation, haze value (%) was measured using the haze meter (NDH2000, Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.), and the following references | standards evaluated.

 ◎:0.5以下である
 ○:0.5を超え1.5以下である
 ×:1.5より大きい
○以上であれば、実用上問題ない。
A: 0.5 or less O: More than 0.5 and 1.5 or less ×: Greater than 1.5 If it is more than 1.5, there is no practical problem.

 <吸収極大ピーク波長における光吸収率>
 作製直後の各光学フィルムについて、光波長480~520nmの範囲又は580~620nmの範囲における前記吸収極大ピーク波長の光吸収率(%)は、以下のようにして求めた。
<Light Absorption Rate at Absorption Maximum Peak Wavelength>
For each optical film immediately after production, the light absorption rate (%) at the absorption maximum peak wavelength in the light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the range of 580 to 620 nm was determined as follows.

 光波長480~520nmの範囲又は580~620nmの範囲における吸収極大ピーク波長の光吸収率(%)
=100-{(光波長480~520nmの範囲又は580~620nmの範囲における吸収極大ピーク波長の分光透過率)-(光波長480~520nmの範囲又は580~620nmの範囲における吸収極大ピーク波長の分光反射率)}
 分光透過率及び分光反射率は、日本分光社製紫外可視近赤外分光光度計V-670を用いて測定し、以下の基準で評価した。
Optical absorptance (%) of absorption maximum peak wavelength in light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or 580 to 620 nm
= 100 − {(Spectral transmittance of absorption maximum peak wavelength in light wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or 580 to 620 nm) − (Spectrum of absorption maximum peak wavelength in range of light wavelength of 480 to 520 nm or 580 to 620 nm) Reflectance)}
Spectral transmittance and spectral reflectance were measured using an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer V-670 manufactured by JASCO Corporation and evaluated according to the following criteria.

 ◎:80%以上である
 ○:20%以上、80%以下である
 ×:20%より小さい
 ○以上であることが、望ましい。
A: 80% or more B: 20% or more and 80% or less B: Less than 20% B

 測定対象物である光学フィルムの温度が23℃となるように、恒温室内を23℃、55%RHとなるように設定し、恒温室内に光学フィルムを3時間放置して平衡状態にした後に、上記の測定を行った。 After setting the temperature inside the temperature-controlled room to be 23 ° C. and 55% RH so that the temperature of the optical film as the measurement object is 23 ° C., the optical film is left in the temperature-controlled room for 3 hours to be in an equilibrium state, The above measurements were made.

 <耐久視認性(ブリードアウト)>
 作製した各液晶表示装置について、保存前(温度23℃・湿度55%RH)と高温高湿環境下(温度60℃・湿度90%RHの)に500時間保存した後の液晶表示装置を、2度視野角正面輝度が1000cd/m2で白表示した時のCIE1931表色系における色度を、分光放射輝度計CS-1000(コニカミノルタ(株)製)を用いて測定して、保存前後のXY色度空間での色度変化量Δx、Δyを求め以下の基準で評価した。
<Durability visibility (bleed out)>
For each of the manufactured liquid crystal display devices, the liquid crystal display device after storage for 500 hours before storage (temperature 23 ° C., humidity 55% RH) and in a high temperature and high humidity environment (temperature 60 ° C., humidity 90% RH) is 2 The chromaticity in the CIE1931 color system when white is displayed at a viewing angle of 1000 cd / m2 is measured using a spectral radiance meter CS-1000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.), before and after storage. The chromaticity change amounts Δx and Δy in the chromaticity space were obtained and evaluated according to the following criteria.

 ◎:Δx、Δyが0.03以下である
 ○:Δx、Δyが0.03を超え0.05以下である
 ×:Δx、Δyが0.05より大きい
 ○以上であれば、実用上問題ない。
◎: Δx and Δy are 0.03 or less ○: Δx and Δy are more than 0.03 and 0.05 or less ×: Δx and Δy are larger than 0.05 ○ If it is more than ○, there is no practical problem. .

 <斜め方向からの視認性:カラーシフト>
 上記保存前の液晶表示装置を、同様に白表示させ、正面方向と斜め45度方向からCIE1931表色系における色度を測定し、XY色度空間での色度変化量Δx、Δyを計測し以下の基準で評価した。
<Visibility from oblique direction: Color shift>
The liquid crystal display device before the storage is similarly displayed in white, the chromaticity in the CIE1931 color system is measured from the front direction and the oblique 45 degree direction, and the chromaticity change amounts Δx and Δy in the XY chromaticity space are measured. Evaluation was made according to the following criteria.

 ◎:Δx、Δyが0.03以下である
 ○:Δx、Δyが0.03を超え0.05以下である
 ×:Δx、Δyが0.05より大きい
 ○以上であれば、実用上問題ない。
◎: Δx and Δy are 0.03 or less ○: Δx and Δy are more than 0.03 and 0.05 or less ×: Δx and Δy are larger than 0.05 ○ If it is more than ○, there is no practical problem. .

 光学フィルムの構成及び評価結果を下記表Iに示す。 The structure and evaluation results of the optical film are shown in Table I below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047

 表Iより、本発明に係る樹脂と一般式(A)、一般式(1)~一般式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物を用いた光学フィルムは、比較の化合物を用いた光学フィルムに対して、ブリードアウトが抑制されて透明で色ムラが小さく、かつ、斜め方向の色再現性(カラーシフト)に優れていることが分かる。 From Table I, an optical film using the resin according to the present invention and a compound having a structure represented by general formula (A) or general formula (1) to general formula (3) is an optical film using a comparative compound. On the other hand, it can be seen that bleed-out is suppressed, the color is not transparent, the color unevenness is small, and the color reproducibility (color shift) in the oblique direction is excellent.

 本発明の光学フィルムは、特定の波長の光を吸収する化合物を含有する光学フィルムであって、高温高湿環境下におかれても当該化合物のブリードアウトが抑制されて透明で色ムラが小さく、かつ、斜め方向の色再現性(カラーシフト)にも優れるため、偏光板及び表示装置に好適に利用される。 The optical film of the present invention is an optical film containing a compound that absorbs light of a specific wavelength, and even when placed in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, the bleed-out of the compound is suppressed, and it is transparent and small in color unevenness. And since it is excellent also in the color reproducibility (color shift) of an oblique direction, it is utilized suitably for a polarizing plate and a display apparatus.

 101 溶解釜
 103、106、112、115 濾過器
 104、113 ストック釜
 102、105、111、114 送液ポンプ
 108、116 導管
 110 添加剤仕込釜
 120 合流管
 121 混合機
 130 加圧ダイ
 131 金属ベルト
 132 ウェブ
 133 剥離位置
 134 第1乾燥装置
 135 延伸装置
 136 第2乾燥装置
 138 巻取り装置
 141 仕込釜
 142 ストック釜
 143 ポンプ
 144 濾過器
101 Melting pot 103, 106, 112, 115 Filter 104, 113 Stock pot 102, 105, 111, 114 Liquid feed pump 108, 116 Conduit 110 Additive charging pot 120 Merge pipe 121 Mixer 130 Pressure die 131 Metal belt 132 Web 133 Peeling position 134 First drying device 135 Stretching device 136 Second drying device 138 Winding device 141 Charging pot 142 Stock kettle 143 Pump 144 Filter

Claims (11)

 23℃でのジクロロメタンに対する溶解度が5~50質量%の範囲内である樹脂と、下記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物とを含有することを特徴とする光学フィルム。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(式中、Rは、置換若しくは無置換の、炭素数3~20のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、又はアリール基を表す。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはハロゲン原子、置換若しくは無置換の、アルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。Zは、窒素原子と共に5又は6員環を形成するために必要な原子団であり、置換基を有していてもよく、縮環を形成してもよい。Yは、カルボニル基と共に5又は6員環を形成するために必要な原子団であり、置換基を有していてもよく、縮環を形成してもよい。nは1~2の整数を表す。mは1~4の整数であり、かつ、n以上の整数である。)
An optical film comprising a resin having a solubility in dichloromethane at 23 ° C. in the range of 5 to 50% by mass and a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(Wherein R 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, or aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. R 2 and R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. Represents an atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group, Z is an atomic group necessary for forming a 5- or 6-membered ring with a nitrogen atom, and may have a substituent; Y may form a condensed ring, and Y is an atomic group necessary for forming a 5- or 6-membered ring together with a carbonyl group, may have a substituent, or may form a condensed ring. (N represents an integer of 1 to 2. m is an integer of 1 to 4 and is an integer of n or more.)
 前記一般式(A)で表される構造を有する化合物が、下記一般式(1)~一般式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物であることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の光学フィルム。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(式中、R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはハロゲン原子、置換若しくは無置換の、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アシル基、アリール基、複素環、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、アルコキシ基、アミド基、アミノ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基又はスルホン酸基を表す。RとR、RとR、又はRとRは互いに結合し環を形成してもよく、形成した環は置換基を有してもよい。Rは、置換若しくは無置換の、炭素数3~20のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基又はアリール基を表す。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはハロゲン原子、置換若しくは無置換の、アルキル基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。Xは,O、NR、S、又はCR10を表す。R~R10は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基又はアリール基を表す。
 Aは、下記構造式(A1-1)~(A1-10)から選択される。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(式中、R11~R16は、一般式(1)のR~Rで表される基と同義である。X及びXは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。波線部で一般式(1)に連結される。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(式中、R~R、及びR~R11は、一般式(1)中のR~Rと同義である。RとR、RとR、RとR4、とR、RとR10、又はR10とR11は互いに結合し環を形成してもよく、形成した環は置換基を有してもよい。R及びR12は、一般式(1)中のRと同義である。R、R、R13、及びR14は、一般式(1)中のR及びRと同義である。
 Xは、O、NR15、S、又はCR1617を表す。R15~R17は、一般式(1)中のR~R10と同義である。
 Bは下記構造式(B1-1)~(B1-5)から選択される。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(式中、R18及びR19は、一般式(1)のR~Rで表される基と同義である。波線部で一般式(2)に連結される。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(式中、R~Rは、一般式(1)中のR~Rと同義である。RとR、又はRとRは互いに結合し環を形成してもよく、形成した環は置換基を有してもよい。Rは、一般式(1)中のRと同義である。R及びRは、一般式(1)中のR及びRと同義である。Aは、一般式(1)のAと同義である。)
2. The optical system according to claim 1, wherein the compound having a structure represented by the general formula (A) is a compound having a structure represented by any of the following general formulas (1) to (3). the film.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(Wherein R 1 to R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, acyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic ring, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group) A group, an alkoxy group, an amide group, an amino group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group or a sulfonic acid group, R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , or R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other. The ring formed may have a substituent, and R 5 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group or aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. It represents .R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, .X to represent a substituted or unsubstituted, alkyl group or alkoxycarbonyl group, O, N 8, S, or .R 8 ~ R 10 representing a CR 9 R 10 represent each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group or an aryl group.
A 1 is selected from the following structural formulas (A1-1) to (A1-10). )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(Wherein R 11 to R 16 have the same meanings as the groups represented by R 1 to R 4 in formula (1). X 1 and X 2 each independently represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. (Connected to the general formula (1) at the wavy line)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(In the formula, R 1 to R 4 and R 8 to R 11 are synonymous with R 1 to R 4 in the general formula (1). R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , R 3 and R 4, R 8 and R 9, R 9 and R 10, or R 10 and R 11 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, the formed ring may have a substituent .R 5 and R 12 is synonymous with R 5 in general formula (1) R 6 , R 7 , R 13 , and R 14 are synonymous with R 6 and R 7 in general formula (1).
X represents O, NR 15 , S, or CR 16 R 17 . R 15 to R 17 have the same meanings as R 8 to R 10 in the general formula (1).
B 1 is selected from the following structural formulas (B1-1) to (B1-5). )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(In the formula, R 18 and R 19 are synonymous with the groups represented by R 1 to R 4 in the general formula (1). They are connected to the general formula (2) at the wavy line part.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(Wherein, R 1 ~ R 4 have the same meanings as in formula (1) R 1 ~ R 4 in .R 1 and R 2, or R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring well, the formed ring may have a substituent .R 5 have the same meaning as R 5 in the general formula (1) .R 6 and R 7, the general formula (1) R 6 and in the same meaning as R 7 .A 1 has the same meaning as a 1 in formula (1).)
 前記一般式(1)及び一般式(3)において、Aが式(A1-6)で表される構造を有することを特徴とする請求項1又は2に記載の光学フィルム。 The optical film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein in the general formula (1) and the general formula (3), A 1 has a structure represented by the formula (A1-6).  前記一般式(2)において、Bが式(B1-4)で表される構造を有することを特徴とする請求項1又は2に記載の光学フィルム。 In Formula (2) The optical film according to claim 1 or 2 B 1 is characterized by having a structure represented by the formula (B1-4).  前記一般式(1)及び一般式(3)において、Rが炭素数4~16の分岐アルキル基を表すことを特徴とする請求項1から請求項3までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルム。 The optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein, in the general formula (1) and the general formula (3), R 5 represents a branched alkyl group having 4 to 16 carbon atoms. the film.  前記一般式(2)において、R及びR12が炭素数4~16の分岐アルキル基を表すことを特徴とする請求項1、請求項2、又は請求項4のいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルム。 5. The general formula (2), wherein R 5 and R 12 represent a branched alkyl group having 4 to 16 carbon atoms, according to any one of claims 1, 2, and 4. Optical film.  前記一般式(1)~一般式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物が、分光吸収スペクトルにおいて、波長480~520nmの範囲内、又は波長580~620nmの範囲内に吸収極大ピークを有することを特徴とする請求項1から請求項6までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルム。 The compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1) to the general formula (3) has an absorption maximum peak in the wavelength range of 480 to 520 nm or in the wavelength range of 580 to 620 nm in the spectral absorption spectrum. The optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein  ヘイズが、0.05~1.50%の範囲内であることを特徴とする請求項1から請求項7までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルム。 The optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the haze is in a range of 0.05 to 1.50%.  請求項1から請求項8までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムを製造する光学フィルムの製造方法であって、当該光学フィルムを溶液流延製膜法によって製造することを特徴とする光学フィルムの製造方法。 An optical film manufacturing method for manufacturing the optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the optical film is manufactured by a solution casting film forming method. Manufacturing method.  請求項1から請求項8までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムを偏光板保護フィルムとして具備することを特徴とする偏光板。 A polarizing plate comprising the optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 8 as a polarizing plate protective film.  請求項1から請求項8までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムを具備することを特徴とする表示装置。 A display device comprising the optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
PCT/JP2018/006116 2017-03-23 2018-02-21 Optical film, method for manufacturing same, and polarizing plate and display device provided with same Ceased WO2018173601A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019507461A JP6927285B2 (en) 2017-03-23 2018-02-21 Optical film, its manufacturing method, polarizing plate and display device equipped with it
KR1020197027228A KR102341707B1 (en) 2017-03-23 2018-02-21 Optical film, manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate and display device provided with same

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-056983 2017-03-23
JP2017056983 2017-03-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018173601A1 true WO2018173601A1 (en) 2018-09-27

Family

ID=63585146

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/006116 Ceased WO2018173601A1 (en) 2017-03-23 2018-02-21 Optical film, method for manufacturing same, and polarizing plate and display device provided with same

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6927285B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102341707B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2018173601A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20210134694A (en) * 2019-03-28 2021-11-10 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Resin composition for film, film manufacturing method and film
WO2022004856A1 (en) * 2020-07-02 2022-01-06 住友化学株式会社 Optical film
CN117047953A (en) * 2022-05-12 2023-11-14 柯尼卡美能达株式会社 Manufacturing method of optical film, optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3140951A (en) * 1963-06-10 1964-07-14 Eastman Kodak Co Desensitizing dyes and photographic processes and materials
JPS5334490B1 (en) * 1967-04-25 1978-09-21
JPH0618712A (en) * 1992-04-23 1994-01-28 Eastman Kodak Co Benz c,d-indole merocyanine blue dye for color filter array element
JPH06175553A (en) * 1992-12-03 1994-06-24 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Holographic recording medium and volume phase hologram manufacturing method using the same
JPH06174919A (en) * 1992-12-02 1994-06-24 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Rotary polarization film and liquid crystal display constituted by using the same
JPH06506241A (en) * 1991-04-06 1994-07-14 ビーエーエスエフ アクチェンゲゼルシャフト polyketomethine dye
JP2006188052A (en) * 2004-12-09 2006-07-20 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Solution film forming method
JP2008222991A (en) * 2007-03-16 2008-09-25 Adeka Corp Merocyanine compound, optical filter using the compound and optical recording material
JP2014130250A (en) * 2012-12-28 2014-07-10 Yamada Chem Co Ltd Color correction filter, illumination device and display device
WO2016158639A1 (en) * 2015-03-27 2016-10-06 株式会社Adeka Merocyanine compound

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5331369A (en) 1976-09-04 1978-03-24 Nippon Sekiyu Hanbai Kk Method of cleaning utilizing temperature and fluidity of fluid
KR101930048B1 (en) * 2011-03-04 2018-12-17 토요잉크Sc홀딩스주식회사 β-HYDROXYALKYL AMIDE AND RESIN COMPOSITION
JP2015036796A (en) 2013-08-15 2015-02-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical base material, and display device

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3140951A (en) * 1963-06-10 1964-07-14 Eastman Kodak Co Desensitizing dyes and photographic processes and materials
JPS5334490B1 (en) * 1967-04-25 1978-09-21
JPH06506241A (en) * 1991-04-06 1994-07-14 ビーエーエスエフ アクチェンゲゼルシャフト polyketomethine dye
JPH0618712A (en) * 1992-04-23 1994-01-28 Eastman Kodak Co Benz c,d-indole merocyanine blue dye for color filter array element
JPH06174919A (en) * 1992-12-02 1994-06-24 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Rotary polarization film and liquid crystal display constituted by using the same
JPH06175553A (en) * 1992-12-03 1994-06-24 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Holographic recording medium and volume phase hologram manufacturing method using the same
JP2006188052A (en) * 2004-12-09 2006-07-20 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Solution film forming method
JP2008222991A (en) * 2007-03-16 2008-09-25 Adeka Corp Merocyanine compound, optical filter using the compound and optical recording material
JP2014130250A (en) * 2012-12-28 2014-07-10 Yamada Chem Co Ltd Color correction filter, illumination device and display device
WO2016158639A1 (en) * 2015-03-27 2016-10-06 株式会社Adeka Merocyanine compound

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
KUNKEL ET AL.: "Comparative studies on optical, redox, and photovoltaic properties of a series of D-A-D and analogous D-A chromophores", ADVANCED FUNCTIONAL MATERIALS, vol. 24, no. 29, 2 May 2014 (2014-05-02), Weinheim, pages 4645 - 4653, XP001591503 *

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20210134694A (en) * 2019-03-28 2021-11-10 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Resin composition for film, film manufacturing method and film
KR102567313B1 (en) * 2019-03-28 2023-08-16 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Resin composition for film, film manufacturing method and film
WO2022004856A1 (en) * 2020-07-02 2022-01-06 住友化学株式会社 Optical film
CN117047953A (en) * 2022-05-12 2023-11-14 柯尼卡美能达株式会社 Manufacturing method of optical film, optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR102341707B1 (en) 2021-12-20
JPWO2018173601A1 (en) 2020-01-23
JP6927285B2 (en) 2021-08-25
KR20190116457A (en) 2019-10-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6003976B2 (en) Optical film, circularly polarizing plate, and image display device
JP6024479B2 (en) Optical film, circularly polarizing plate, and image display device
JP5217913B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
CN100347572C (en) Composite double refraction member
KR20160070810A (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using same
KR20170125098A (en) Liquid crystal display device having a touch panel and method of manufacturing the same
JP2010243935A (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
CN105849599B (en) Cellulose ester membrane, its manufacturing method and polarizer
JP5707811B2 (en) Long λ / 4 plate, circularly polarizing plate, polarizing plate, OLED display device, and stereoscopic image display device
KR20160060095A (en) Phase difference film, polarization plate and liquid crystal display device
WO2014184909A1 (en) Phase difference film, polarization plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP6927285B2 (en) Optical film, its manufacturing method, polarizing plate and display device equipped with it
TWI637850B (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
KR101530797B1 (en) Vertically aligned liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing same
JP6728665B2 (en) Method for manufacturing optical film
JP6064590B2 (en) Manufacturing method of optical film
WO2016111058A1 (en) Vertical alignment liquid crystal display device
JP5626133B2 (en) VA liquid crystal display device
JP5626134B2 (en) VA liquid crystal display device
JP2011248042A (en) Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method thereof
JP6064516B2 (en) Manufacturing method of optical film
WO2016129145A1 (en) Conductive film, touch panel and method for producing conductive film
WO2012114762A1 (en) Vertical alignment liquid-crystal display device and manufacturing method thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18771117

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019507461

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20197027228

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18771117

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1